428 Part 74—Experimental Radio, Auxiliary, Special

Pt. 74 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

[50 FR 38530, Sept. 23, 1985; 50 FR 40395, Oct. 74.163 Time of operation. 3, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 34621, 34622, 74.165 Posting of station license. Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, 1987; 52 FR 74.181 Station records. 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988; 74.182 Program service and charges. 58 FR 51250, Oct. 1, 1993; 59 FR 67103, Dec. 28, 74.183 Station identification. 1994; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998] 74.184 Rebroadcasts.

PART 74—EXPERIMENTAL RADIO, Subparts B–C [Reserved] AUXILIARY, SPECIAL BROADCAST Subpart D—Remote Pickup Broadcast AND OTHER PROGRAM DISTRIBU- Stations TIONAL SERVICES 74.401 Definitions. 74.402 Frequency assignment. Subpart—General; Rules Applicable to All 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid inter- Services in Part 74 ference. 74.431 Special rules applicable to remote Sec. 74.1 Scope. pickup stations. 74.2 General definitions. 74.432 Licensing requirements and proce- 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. dures. 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other parts. 74.433 Temporary authorizations. 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary and 74.434 Remote control operation. low power auxiliary stations. 74.436 Special requirements for automatic 74.12 Notification of filing of applications. relay stations. 74.13 Equipment tests. 74.451 Certification of equipment. 74.14 Service or program tests. 74.452 Equipment changes. 74.15 Station license period. 74.461 Transmitter power. 74.16 Temporary extension of station li- 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions. censes. 74.463 Modulation requirements. 74.18 Transmitter control and operation. 74.464 Frequency tolerance. 74.19 Special technical records. 74.465 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.21 Broadcasting emergency information. ments. 74.22 Use of common antenna structure. 74.482 Station identification. 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safety of life or protection of property. Subpart E—Aural Broadcast Auxiliary 74.24 Short-term operation. Stations 74.25 Temporary conditional operating authority. 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast auxiliary 74.28 Additional orders. stations. 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and light- 74.502 Frequency assignment. ing. 74.503 Frequency selection. 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz and 17.8– 74.531 Permissible service. 19.7 GHz bands. 74.532 Licensing requirements. 74.34 Period of construction; certification of 74.533 Remote control and unattended oper- completion of construction. ation. 74.534 Power limitations. Subpart A—Experimental Broadcast 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. Stations 74.536 Directional antenna required. 74.537 Temporary authorizations. 74.101 Experimental broadcast station. 74.550 Equipment authorization. 74.102 Uses of experimental broadcast sta- 74.551 Equipment changes. tions. 74.561 Frequency tolerance. 74.103 Frequency assignment. 74.562 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.112 Supplementary statement with appli- ments. cation for construction permit. 74.564 Posting of station license. 74.113 Supplementary reports with applica- 74.582 Station identification. tion for renewal of license. 74.131 Licensing requirements, necessary Subpart F—Television Broadcast Auxiliary showing. Stations 74.132 Power limitations. 74.133 Emission authorized. 74.600 Eligibility for license. 74.151 Equipment changes. 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxiliary stations. TECHNICAL OPERATION AND OPERATORS 74.602 Frequency assignment. 74.161 Frequency tolerances. 74.603 Sound channels. 74.162 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.604 Interference avoidance. ments. 74.631 Permissible service.

428

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00438 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74

74.632 Licensing requirements. 74.788 Digital construction period. 74.633 Temporary authorizations. 74.789 Broadcast regulations applicable to 74.634 Remote control operation. digital low power television and tele- 74.635 Unattended operation. vision translator stations. 74.636 Power limitations. 74.790 Permissible service of digital TV 74.637 Emissions and emission limitations. translator and LPTV stations. 74.638 Frequency coordination. 74.791 Digital call signs. 74.641 Antenna systems. 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.643 Interference to geostationary-sat- lator station protected contour. ellites. 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.644 Minimum path lengths for fixed lator station protection of broadcast sta- links. tions. 74.651 Equipment changes. 74.794 Digital emissions. 74.655 Authorization of equipment. 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.661 Frequency tolerance. lator transmission system facilities. 74.662 Frequency monitors and measure- 74.796 Modification of digital transmission ments. systems and analog transmission sys- 74.663 Modulation limits. tems for digital operation. 74.664 Posting of station license. 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports. 74.682 Station identification. 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 MHz band Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary Stations from the Broadcast Auxiliary Service to emerging technologies. 74.801 Definitions. 74.802 Frequency assignment. Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV Translator, 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid inter- and TV Booster Stations ference. 74.831 Scope of service and permissible 74.701 Definitions. transmissions. 74.702 Channel assignments. 74.832 Licensing requirements and proce- 74.703 Interference. dures. 74.705 TV broadcast analog station protec- 74.833 Temporary authorizations. tion. 74.851 Certification of equipment; prohibi- 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station protection. tion on manufacture, import, sale, lease, 74.707 Low power TV and TV translator sta- offer for sale or lease, or shipment of de- tion protection. vices that operate in the 700 MHz Band; 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A TV labeling for 700 MHz band equipment des- station protection. tined for non-U.S. markets; disclosure 74.709 Land mobile station protection. for the core TV bands. 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV trans- 74.852 Equipment changes. lator station protection. 74.861 Technical requirements. 74.731 Purpose and permissible service. 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. 74.732 Eligibility and licensing require- 74.882 Station identification. ments. 74.733 UHF translator signal boosters. Subparts I–K [Reserved] 74.734 Attended and unattended operation. 74.735 Power limitations. Subpart L—FM Broadcast Translator 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. Stations and FM Broadcast Booster Stations 74.737 Antenna location. 74.750 Transmission system facilities. 74.1201 Definitions. 74.751 Modification of transmission sys- 74.1202 Frequency assignment. tems. 74.1203 Interference. 74.761 Frequency tolerance. 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, FM 74.762 Frequency measurements. Translator and LP100 stations. 74.763 Time of operation. 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV broad- 74.765 Posting of station and operator li- cast stations. censes. 74.1231 Purpose and permissible service. 74.769 Copies of rules. 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing require- 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to ments. translators, low power, and booster sta- 74.1233 Processing FM translator and boost- tions. er station applications. 74.781 Station records. 74.1234 Unattended operation. 74.783 Station identification. 74.1235 Power limitations and antenna sys- 74.784 Rebroadcasts. tems. 74.785 Low power TV digital data service 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. pilot project. 74.1237 Antenna location. 74.786 Digital channel assignments. 74.1250 Transmitters and associated equip- 74.787 Digital licensing. ment.

429

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00439 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

74.1251 Technical and equipment modifica- produces programs available for simul- tions. taneous transmission by cable systems 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. serving a combined total of at least 74.1262 Frequency monitors and measure- 5,000,000 subscribers and having dis- ments. 74.1263 Time of operation. tribution facilities or circuits available 74.1265 Posting of station license. to such affiliated stations or cable sys- 74.1269 Copies of rules. tems. 74.1281 Station records. 74.1283 Station identification. [51 FR 4601, Feb. 6, 1986] 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. 74.1290 FM translator and booster station § 74.3 FCC inspections of stations. information available on the Internet. (a) The licensee of a station author- ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 ized under this part must make the

AUTHORITY: 47 U.S.C. 154, 302a, 303, 307, station available for inspection by rep- 336(f), 336(h) and 554. resentatives of the FCC during the station’s business hours, or at any time it EDITORIAL NOTE: Nomenclature changes to is in operation. part 74 appear at 64 FR 4055, Jan. 27, 1999. (b) In the course of an inspection or investigation, an FCC representative Subpart—General; Rules Applica- may require special equipment tests or ble to All Services in Part 74 program tests. (c) The logs and records required by § 74.1 Scope. this part for the particular class or (a) The rules in this subpart are ap- type of station must be made available plicable to the Experimental, Auxiliary upon request to representatives of the and Special Broadcast, and Other Pro- FCC. gram Distributional Services. (b) Rules in part 74 which apply ex- [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] clusively to a particular service are § 74.5 Cross reference to rules in other contained in that service subpart, as parts. follows: Experimental Broadcast Sta- tions, Subpart A; Remote Pickup Certain rules applicable to Experi- Broadcast Stations, Subpart D; Aural mental, Auxiliary, Special Broadcast Broadcast STL and Intercity Relay and other Program Distribution serv- Stations, Subpart E; TV Auxiliary ices, some of which are also applicable Broadcast Stations, Subpart F; Low- to other services, are set forth in the power TV, TV Translator and TV following Parts of the FCC Rules and Booster Stations, Subpart G; Low- Regulations: power Auxiliary Stations, Subpart H; (a) Part 1, ‘‘Practice and procedure’’. FM Broadcast Translator Stations and (1) Subpart A, ‘‘General Rules of FM Broadcast Booster Stations, sub- Practice and Procedure’’. (§§ 1.1 to part L. 1.120). (2) Subpart B, ‘‘Hearing Pro- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; ceedings’’. (§§ 1.120 to 1.364). 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (3) Subpart C, ‘‘Rulemaking Pro- [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982, and 49 FR 32583, ceedings’’. (§§ 1.399 to 1.430). Aug. 15, 1984, as amended at 52 FR 31402, Aug. (4) Subpart F, ‘‘Wireless Tele- 20, 1987; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] communications Services Applications and Proceedings’’. (§§ 1.901 to 1.981). § 74.2 General definitions. (5) Subpart G, ‘‘Schedule of Statu- Broadcast network-entity. A broadcast tory Charges and Procedures for Pay- network-entity is an organization ment’’. (§§ 1.1101 to 1.1120). which produces programs available for (6) Subpart H, ‘‘Ex Parte Presen- simultaneous transmission by 10 or tations’’. (§§ 1.1200 to 1.1216). more affiliated broadcast stations and (7) Subpart I, ‘‘Procedures Imple- having distribution facilities or cir- menting the National Environmental cuits available to such affiliated sta- Policy Act of 1969’’. (§§ 1.1301 to 1.1319). tions at least 12 hours each day. (8) Part 1, Subpart W of this chapter, Cable network-entity. A cable net- ‘‘FCC Registration Number’’. (§§ 1.8001– work-entity is an organization which 1.8005.)

430

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00440 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.15

(b) Part 2, ‘‘Frequency Allocations further authority of the Commission, and Radio Treaty Matters, General may conduct equipment tests for the Rules and Regulations’’, including sub- purpose of such adjustments and meas- parts A, ‘‘Terminology’’; B, ‘‘Alloca- urements as may be necessary to as- tion, Assignments and Use of Radio sure compliance with the terms of the Frequencies’’; C, ‘‘Emissions’’; D, ‘‘Call construction permit, the technical pro- Signs and Other Forms of Identifying visions of the application therefor, the Radio Transmissions’’; and J, ‘‘Equip- technical requirements of this chapter, ment Authorization Proceedings’’. and the applicable engineering stand- (c) [Reserved] ards. (d) Part 17, ‘‘Construction, Marking (b) Equipment tests may be contin- and Lighting of Antenna Structures’’. ued so long as the construction permit (e) Part 73, ‘‘Radio Broadcast Serv- shall remain valid. ices’’. (c) The authorization for tests em- (f) Part 101, ‘‘Fixed Microwave Serv- bodied in this section shall not be con- ices’’. strued as constituting a license to op- [53 FR 2499, Jan. 28, 1988, as amended at 60 erate. FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 66 FR 47896, Sept. 14, [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973] 2001; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.6 Licensing of broadcast auxiliary § 74.14 Service or program tests. and low power auxiliary stations. (a) Upon completion of construction Applicants for and licensees of re- of a radio station in accordance with mote pickup broadcast stations, aural the terms of the construction permit, broadcast auxiliary stations, television the technical provisions of the applica- broadcast auxiliary stations, and low tion therefor, technical requirements power auxiliary stations authorized of this chapter, and applicable engi- under subparts D, E, F, and H of this neering standards, and when an appli- part are subject to the application and cation for station license has been filed procedural rules for wireless tele- showing the station to be in satisfac- communications services contained in tory operating condition, the permittee part 1, subpart F of this chapter. Appli- or any class of station listed in this cants for these stations may file either part may, without further authority of manually or electronically as specified the Commission, conduct service or in §§ 1.913(b) and (d) of this chapter. program tests. (b) Program test authority for sta- [68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, 2003] tions authorized under this part will § 74.12 Notification of filing of applica- continue valid during Commission con- tions. sideration of the application for license and during this period further exten- The provisions of § 73.1030 ‘‘Notifica- sion of the construction permit is not tion concerning interference to Radio required. Program test authority shall Astronomy, Research, and Receiving be automatically terminated with final Installations’’ apply to all stations au- action on the application for station li- thorized under this part of the FCC cense. Rules except the following: (c) The authorization for tests em- (a) Mobile remote pickup stations bodied in this section shall not be con- (subpart D). strued as approval by the Commission (b) TV pickup stations (subpart F). of the application for station license. (c) Low power auxiliary stations (subpart H). [38 FR 18378, July 10, 1973]

[44 FR 58735, Oct. 11, 1979, as amended at 44 § 74.15 Station license period. FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979; 47 FR 28388, June 30, 1982] (a) Licenses for experimental broadcast stations will be issued for a one § 74.13 Equipment tests. year period. (a) During the process of construc- (b) Licenses for stations or systems tion of any class of radio station listed in the Auxiliary Broadcast Service held in this part, the permittee, without by a licensee of a broadcast station will

431

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00441 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.15 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

be issued for a period running concur- ginia, Ohio and the District of rently with the license of the associ- Colbumia: ated broadcast station with which it is (i) FM translators, June 1, 1997 licensed. Licenses held by eligible net- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, works for the purpose of providing pro- 1998 gram service to affiliated stations (4) Virginia, North Carolina, South under subpart D of this part, and by el- Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, igible networks, cable television opera- Mississippi, Louisiana, Arkansas, Mis- tors, motion picture producers and tel- souri, Kentucky, Tennessee, Indiana, evision program producers under sub- Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Pureto part H of this part will be issued for a Rico and the Virgin Islands: period running concurrently with the (i) FM translators, August 1, 1997 normal licensing period for broadcast (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August stations located in the same area of op- 1, 1998 eration. (5) Oklahoma and Texas: (c) The license of an FM broadcast (i) FM translators, October 1, 1997 booster station or a TV broadcast (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- booster station will be issued for a pe- ber 1, 1998 riod running concurrently with the li- (6) Kansas and Nebraska: cense of the FM radio broadcast sta- (i) FM translators, December 1, 1997 tion or TV broadcast station (primary (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- station) with which it is used. cember 1, 1998 (d) Initial licenses for low power TV, (7) Iowa and South Dakota: TV translator, and FM translator sta- (i) FM translators, February 1, 1998 tions will ordinarily be issued for a pe- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- riod running until the date specified in ruary 1, 1999 § 73.1020 of this chapter for full service (8) Minnesota and North Dakota: stations operating in their State or (i) FM translators, April 1, 1998 Territory, or if issued after such date, (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April to the next renewal date determined in 1, 1999 accordance with § 73.1020 of this chap- (9) Wyoming: ter. Lower power TV and TV translator (i) FM translators, June 1, 1998 station and FM translator station li- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, censes will ordinarily be renewed for 8 1999 years. However, if the FCC finds that (10) Montana: the public interest, convenience or ne- (i) FM translators, August 1, 1998 cessity will be served, it may issue ei- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August ther an initial license or a renewal 1, 1999 thereof for a lesser term. The FCC may (11) Idaho: also issue a license renewal for a short- (i) FM translators, October 1, 1995 er term if requested by the applicant. (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- The time of expiration of all licenses ber 1, 1996 will be 3 a.m. local time, on the fol- (12) Washington: lowing dates, and thereafter to the (i) FM translators, December 1, 1995 schedule for full service stations in (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- their states as reflected in § 73.1020 of cember 1, 1996 this chapter: (13) Oregon: (1) Nevada: (i) FM translators, February 1, 1996 (i) FM translators, February 1, 1997. (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Feb- (ii) LPTV and TV translator, Feb- ruary 1, 1997 ruary 1, 1998. (14) Alaska, American Samoa, Guam, (2) California: Mariana Islands and Hawaii: (i) FM translators, April 1, 1997. (i) FM translators, April 1, 1996 (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April (ii) LPTV and TV translators, April 1, 1998 1, 1997 (3) Maine, Vermont, New Hampshire, (15) Colorado: Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhodes Is- (i) FM translators, June 1, 1996 land, New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, June 1, vania, Maryland, Delaware, West Vir- 1997

432

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00442 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.21

(16) New Mexico: iary or experimental broadcast station (i) FM translators, August 1, 1996 license or a television broadcast trans- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, August lator station license, the Commission 1, 1997 in its discretion, may grant a temorary (17) Utah: extension of such license: Provided, (i) FM translators, October 1, 1996 however, That no such temporary ex- (ii) LPTV and TV translators, Octo- tension shall be construed as a finding ber 1, 1997 by the Commission that the operation (18) Arizona: of any radio station thereunder will (i) FM translators, December 1, 1996 serve public interest, convenience, and (ii) LPTV and TV translators, De- necessity beyond the express terms of cember 1, 1997 such temporary extension of license: (e) Licenses held by broadcast net- And provided further, That such tem- work-entities under Subpart F will or- porary extension of license will in no dinarily be issued for a period of 8 wise affect or limit the action of the years running concurrently with the Commission with respect to any pend- normal licensing period for broadcast ing application or proceeding. stations located in the same area of op- [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 eration. An application for renewal of FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972] license shall be filed in accordance with the provisions of § 1.949. § 74.18 Transmitter control and oper- (f) The license of an experimental ation. broadcast station, FM translator or Except where unattended operation FM broadcast booster, TV translator or is specifically permitted, the licensee TV broadcast booster, or low power TV of each station authorized under the station will expire as a matter of law provisions of this part shall designate a upon failure to transmit broadcast sig- person or persons to activate and con- nals for any consecutive 12-month pe- trol its transmitter. At the discretion riod notwithstanding any provision, of the station licensee, persons so des- term, or condition of the license to the ignated may be employed for other du- contrary. Further, if the license of any ties and for operation of other trans- AM, FM, or TV broadcasting station li- mitting stations if such other duties censed under part 73 of this chapter ex- will not interfere with the proper oper- pires for failure to transmit signals for ation of the station transmission sys- any consecutive 12-month period, the tems. licensee’s authorizations under part 74, subparts D, E, F, and H in connection [60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] with the operation of that AM, FM, or § 74.19 Special technical records. TV broadcasting station will also expire notwithstanding any provision, The FCC may require a broadcast term, or condition to the contrary. auxiliary station licensee to keep operating and maintenance records nec- (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, essary to resolve conditions of actual 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) or potential interference, rule viola- [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 tions, or deficient technical operation. FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 50 FR 26758, June 28, [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 52 FR 25604, July 8, 1987; 52 FR 31402, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, 1994; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996; 62 § 74.21 Broadcasting emergency infor- FR 5347, Feb. 5, 1997; 68 FR 12761, Mar. 17, mation. 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] (a) In an emergency where normal communication facilities have been § 74.16 Temporary extension of station disrupted or destroyed by storms, licenses. floods or other disasters, the stations Where there is pending before the licensed under this part may be oper- Commission any application, investiga- ated for the purpose of transmitting es- tion, or proceeding which, after hear- sential communications intended to al- ing, might lead to or make necessary leviate distress, dispatch aid, assist in the modification of, revocation of, or rescue operations, maintain order, or the refusal to renew an existing auxil- otherwise promote the safety of life

433

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00443 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.22 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

and property. In the course of such op- § 74.23 Interference jeopardizing safe- eration, a station of any class may ty of life or protection of property. communicate with stations of other (a) The licensee of any station au- classes and in other services. However, thorized under this part that causes such operation shall be conducted only harmful interference, as defined in § 2.1 on the frequency or frequencies for of the Commission’s rules, to radio which the station is licensed and the communications involving the safety used power shall not exceed the max- of life or protection of property shall imum authorized in the station license. promptly eliminate the interference. When such operation involves the use (b) If harmful interference to radio of frequencies shared with other sta- communications involving the safety tions, licensees are expected to cooper- of life or protection of property cannot ate fully to avoid unnecessary or dis- be promptly eliminated and the Com- ruptive interference. mission finds that there exists an im- (b) Whenever such operation involves minent danger to safety of life or pro- communications of a nature other than tection of property, pursuant to 47 those for which the station is licensed U.S.C. 312 (b) and (e) and 5 U.S.C. 558, to perform, the licensee shall, at the operation of the offending equipment earliest practicable time, notify the shall temporarily be suspended and FCC in Washington, DC of the nature shall not be resumed until the harmful of the emergency and the use to which interference has been eliminated or the the station is being put and shall sub- threat to the safety of life or property sequently notify the same offices when has passed. In situations where the pro- the emergency operation has been ter- tection of property alone is jeopard- minated. ized, before taking any action under (c) Emergency operation undertaken this paragraph, the Commission shall balance the nature and extent of the pursuant to the provisions of this sec- possible property damage against the tion shall be discontinued as soon as potential harm to a licensee or the substantially normal communications public caused by suspending part 74 op- facilities have been restored. The Com- erations. When specifically authorized, mission may at any time order dis- short test operations may be made dur- continuance of such operation. ing the period of suspended operation (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, to check the efficacy of remedial meas- 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) ures. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 37 [47 FR 1395, Jan. 13, 1982] FR 25843, Dec. 5, 1972; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 47 FR 40175, Sept. 13, 1982] § 74.24 Short-term operation. All classes of broadcast auxiliary sta- § 74.22 Use of common antenna structure. tions provided for in subparts D, E, F and H of this part, except wireless The simultaneous use of a common video assist devices, may be operated antenna structure by more than one on a short-term basis under the author- station authorized under this part, or ity conveyed by a part 73 license or a by one or more stations of any other broadcast auxiliary license without service may be authorized. The owner prior authorization from the FCC, sub- of each antenna structure is respon- ject to the following conditions: sible for ensuring that the structure, if (a) Licensees operating under this required, is painted and/or illuminated provision must be eligible to operate in accordance with part 17 of this chap- the particular class of broadcast auxil- ter. In the event of default by the iary station. owner, each licensee or permittee shall (b) The short-term broadcast auxil- be responsible for ensuring that the iary station shall be operated in con- structure complies with applicable formance with all normally applicable painting and lighting requirements. regulations to the extent they are not superceded by specific provisions of [61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996] this section.

434

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00444 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.24

(c) Short-term operation is on a sec- ation would render compliance with ondary, non-interference basis to regu- the provisions of this paragraph im- larly authorized stations and shall be practical. discontinued immediately upon notifi- (1) A CARS licensee shall always be cation that perceptible interference is given advance notification prior to the being caused to the operation of a regu- commencement of short-term oper- larly authorized station. Short-term ation on or adjacent to an assigned fre- station operators shall, to the extent quency. practicable, use only the effective radi- (2) The Commission may designate a ated power and antenna height nec- frequency coordinator as the single essary for satisfactory system perform- point of contact under this section for ance. advance coordination of major national (d) Short-term operation under this and international events. Once des- section shall not exceed 720 hours an- ignated, all short-term auxiliary broad- nually per frequency. cast use under this section must be co- NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (d): Certain fre- ordinated in advance through the des- quencies shared with other services which ignated coordinator. are normally available for permanent broad- (i) Coordinators under this provision cast auxiliary station assignment may not will not be designated unless the Com- be available for short-term operation. Refer mission receives an initial request, in to any note(s) which may be applicable to the use of a specific frequency prior to initi- writing, to designate a coordinator. ating operation. (ii) The Commission will issue a Pub- lic Notice with information regarding (e) The antenna height of a station the designation of such a coordinator. operated pursuant to this section shall (iii) All coordination must be done on not increase the height of any man- a non-discriminatory basis. made antenna supporting structure, or increase by more than 6.1 meters (20 (iv) All licensees must abide by the feet) the height of any other type of decision of the coordinator. The Com- man-made structure or natural forma- mission will be the final arbiter of any tion. However, the facilities of an au- disputes. thorized broadcast auxiliary station (3) An unanticipated need will never belonging to another licensee may be be deemed to exist for a scheduled operated in accordance with the terms event, such as a convention, sporting of its outstanding authorization. event, etc. (f) Stations operated pursuant to this (h) Short-term operation is limited section shall be identified by the trans- to areas south or west of the United mission of the call sign of the associ- States-Canada border as follows: ated part 73 broadcast station or broad- (1) Use of broadcast auxiliary service cast auxiliary station, or, in the case of frequencies below 470 MHz is limited to stations operated by broadcast net- areas of the United States south of work and cable network entities, by Line A or west of Line C unless the ef- the network or cable entity’s name and fective radiated power of the station is base of operations city. 5 watts or less. See § 1.928(e) of this (g) Prior to operating pursuant to the chapter for a definition of Line A and provisions of this section, licensees Line C. shall, for the intended location or area- (2) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- of-operation, notify the appropriate tion operating on frequencies between frequency coordination committee or 470 MHz and 1 GHz must be at least 56.3 any licensee(s) assigned the use of the kilometers (35 miles) south (or west, as proposed operating frequency, con- appropriate of the United States-Can- cerning the particulars of the intended ada border if the antenna looks within operation and shall provide the name a 200° sector toward the border; or, the and telephone number of a person who station must be at least 8.1 kilometers may be contacted in the event of inter- (5 miles) south (or west, as appropriate) ference. Except as provided herein, this if the antenna looks within a 160° sec- notification provision shall not apply tor away from the border. However, op- where an unanticipated need for imme- eration is not permitted in either of diate short-term mobile station oper- these two situations if the station

435

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00445 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.24 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

would be within the coordination dis- Longitude 66°45′09.42″), an applicant tance of a receiving earth station in must notify the Arecibo Observatory, Canada which uses the same frequency located near Arecibo, Puerto Rico. Op- band. (The coordination distance is the erations within the Puerto Rico Co- distance, calculated for any station, ordination Zone (i.e., on the islands of according to Appendix 28 of the Inter- Puerto Rico, Desecheo, Mona, Vieques, national Radio Regulations.) or Culebra), but outside the Protection (3) A broadcast auxiliary service sta- Zone, whether short term or long term, tion operating on frequencies above 1 shall provide notification to the Are- GHz shall not be located within the co- cibo Observatory prior to commencing ordination distance of a receiving earth operation. Notification should be di- station in Canada which uses the same rected to the following: Interference frequency band. (The coordination dis- Office, Arecibo Observatory, HC3 Box tance is the distance, calculated for 53995, Arecibo, Puerto Rico 00612, Tel. any station, according to Appendix 28 (809) 878–2612, Fax (809) 878–1861, E-mail of the international Radio Regula- [email protected]. tions.) (2) Notification of short-term oper- (i) Short-term operation of a remote ations may be provided by telephone, pickup broadcast base station, a re- fax, or electronic mail. The notifica- mote pickup automatic relay station, tion for long-term operations shall be an aural broadcast STL station, an written or electronic, and shall set aural broadcast intercity relay station, forth the technical parameters of the a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay proposed station, including the geo- station or a TV translator relay station in the National Radio Quiet Zone, graphical coordinates of the antenna the Table Mountain Radio Receiving (NAD–83 datum), antenna height above Zone, or near FCC monitoring stations ground, ground elevation at the an- is subject to the same advance notifi- tenna, antenna directivity and gain, cation procedures applicable to regular proposed frequency and FCC Rule Part, applications as provided for in §§ 73.1030 type of emission, effective radiated and 74.12, except that inasmuch as power, and whether the proposed use is short-term operation does not involve itinerant. Applicants may wish to con- an application process, the provisions sult interference guidelines, which will relating to agency objection proce- be provided by Cornell University. In dures shall not apply. It shall simply addition, the applicant shall indicate be necessary for the licensee to contact in its application to the Commission the potentially affected agency and ob- the date notification was made to the tain advance approval for the proposed Observatory. Generally, submission of short-term operation. Where protection the information in the technical por- to FCC monitoring stations is con- tion of the FCC license application is cerned, approval for short-term oper- adequate notification. After receipt of ation may be given by the District Di- such applications in non-emergency rector of a Commission field facility. situations, the Commission will allow (j)(1) This paragraph applies only to the Arecibo Observatory a period of 20 operations which will transmit on fre- days for comments or objections in re- quencies under 15 GHz. Prior to com- sponse to the notification indicated. mencing short-term operation of a re- The applicant will be required to make mote pickup broadcast station, a re- reasonable efforts in order to resolve or mote pickup automatic relay station, mitigate any potential interference an aural broadcast STL station, an problem with the Arecibo Observatory aural broadcast intercity relay station, and to file either an amendment to the a TV STL station, a TV intercity relay application or a modification applica- station, a TV translator relay station, tion, as appropriate. If the Commission a TV pickup station, or a TV micro- determines that an applicant has satis- wave booster station within the 4-mile fied its responsibility to make reason- (6.4 kilometer) radius Commonwealth able efforts to protect the Observatory of Puerto Rico Protection Zone (cen- from interference, its application may tered on NAD–83 Geographical Coordi- be granted. In emergency situations in nates North Latitude 18°20′38.28″, West which prior notification or approval is

436

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00446 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.25

not practicable, notification or ap- within 80 km (50 mi) of the broadcast proval must be accomplished as soon as studio or broadcast transmitter. possible after operations begin. (2) The applicant must coordinate the operation with all affected co-channel (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) and adjacent channel licensees in the area of operation. This requirement [47 FR 9219, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 49 FR can be satisfied by coordination with 34356, Aug. 30, 1984; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 62 FR 55532, Oct. 27, 1997; 68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, the local frequency committee if one 2003; 70 FR 31373, June 1, 2005] exists. (3) Operation under this provision is § 74.25 Temporary conditional oper- not permitted between 152.87 MHz and ating authority. 153.35 MHz. An applicant for a new broadcast (c) Conditions applicable to aural and auxiliary radio service station or a television broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) modification of an existing station The applicable frequency coordination under subparts D, E, F, or H of this procedures have been successfully com- part may operate the proposed station pleted and the filed application is con- during the pendency of its applications sistent with that coordination. upon the filing of a properly completed (2) The station site does not lie with- formal application that complies with in an area requiring international co- the rules for the particular class of sta- ordination. tion, provided that the conditions set (3) If operated on frequencies in the forth are satisfied. 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any services or (a) Conditions applicable to all broad- on frequencies in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band cast auxiliary stations. (1) Stations oper- for MVPD operations, the station site ated pursuant to this section shall be does not lie within any of the areas identified by the transmission of the identified in § 1.924 of this chapter. call sign of the associated part 73 of (d) Operation under this section shall this chapter broadcast station, if one be suspended immediately upon notifi- exists, or the prefix ‘‘WT’’ followed by cation from the Commission or by the the applicant’s local business tele- District Director of a Commission field phone number for broadcast or cable facility, and shall not be resumed until network entities. specific authority is given by the Com- (2) The antenna structure(s) has been mission or District Director. When au- previously studied by the Federal Avia- thorized by the District Director, short tion Administration and determined to test operations may be made. pose no hazard to aviation safety as re- (e) Conditional authority ceases im- quired by subpart B of part 17 of this mediately if the application(s) is re- chapter; or the antenna or tower struc- turned by the Commission because it is ture does not exceed 6.1 meters above not acceptable for filing. ground level or above an existing man- (f) Conditional authorization does made structure (other than an antenna not prejudice any action the Commis- structure), if the antenna or tower has sion may take on the subject applica- not been previously studied by the Fed- tion(s). Conditional authority is ac- eral Aviation Administration and cepted with the express understanding cleared by the FCC; that such authority may be modified or (3) The grant of the application(s) cancelled by the Commission at any does not require a waiver of the Com- time without hearing if, in the Com- mission’s rules; mission’s discretion, the need for such (4) The applicant has determined that action arises. An applicant operating the facility(ies) will not significantly pursuant to this conditional authority affect the environment as defined in assumes all risks associated with such § 1.1307 of this chapter; operation, the termination or modi- (5) The station site does not lie with- fication of the conditional authority, in an area identified in § 1.924 of this or the subsequent dismissal or denial of chapter. its application(s). (b) Conditions applicable to remote [68 FR 12762, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 69 pickup broadcast auxiliary stations. (1) FR 17958, Apr. 6, 2004; 71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, The auxiliary station must be located 2006]

437

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00447 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.28 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.28 Additional orders. 39°56′00″ N. Lat. on the south ° ′ ″ In case the rules contained in this 107 15 00 W. Long. on the west part do not cover all phases of oper- WASHINGTON REA ation or experimentation with respect , DC A to external effects, the FCC may make Rectangle: supplemental or additional orders in 38°40′00″ N. Lat. on the north each case as may be deemed necessary. 78°50′00″ W. Long. on the east [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] 38°10′00″ N. Lat. on the south 79°20′00″ W. Long. on the west § 74.30 Antenna structure, marking and lighting. or The provisions of part 17 of the FCC (b) Within a radius of 178 km of ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ rules (Construction, Marking, and 38 48 00 N. Lat./76 52 00 W. Long. Lighting of Antenna Structures) re- (c) In addition, no application seek- quire certain antenna structures to be ing authority for MVPD operations in painted and/or lighted in accordance the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to operate in with the provisions of §§ 17.47 through the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for any service 17.56 of the FCC rules. will be accepted for filing if the proposed station is located within 20 km of [47 FR 53022, Nov. 24, 1982] the following coordinates: § 74.32 Operation in the 17.7–17.8 GHz Denver, CO area: 39°43′00″ N. Lat./ and 17.8–19.7 GHz bands. 104°46′00″ W. Long. (a) To minimize or avoid harmful in- Washington, DC area: 38°48′00″ N. Lat./ terference to Federal Government Sat- 76°52′00″ W. Long. ellite Earth Stations located in the Denver, Colorado and Washington, DC Note to § 74.32: The coordinates cited areas, any application for a new sta- in this section are specified in terms of tion license to provide MVPD oper- the ‘‘North American Datum of 1983 ations in the 17.7–17.8 GHz band or to (NAD 83)’’ with an accuracy of ±30 me- operate in the 17.8–19.7 GHz band for ters with respect to the ‘‘National any service, or for modification of an Spacial Reference System’’. existing station license in these bands [71 FR 69048, Nov. 29, 2006; 71 FR 75614, Dec. which would change the frequency, 15, 2006] power, emission, modulation, polarization, antenna height or directivity, or § 74.34 Period of construction; certifi- location of such a station, must be co- cation of completion of construc- ordinated with the Federal Govern- tion. ment by the Commission before an au- (a) Each aural and television broad- thorization will be issued, if the sta- cast auxiliary station authorized under tion or proposed station is located in subparts E and F of this part must be whole or in part within any of the in operation within 18 months from the areas defined by the following rectan- initial date of grant. gles or circles: (b) Each remote pickup broadcast DENVER, CO AREA auxiliary station authorized under subpart D of this part must be in oper- Rectangle 1: ation within 12 months from the initial ° ′ ″ 41 30 00 N. Lat. on the north date of grant. 103°10′00″ W. Long. on the east (c) Failure to timely begin operation 38°30′00″ N. Lat. on the south means the authorization terminates 106°30′00″ W. Long. on the west Rectangle 2: automatically. 38°30′00″ N. Lat. on the north (d) Requests for extension of time 105°00′00″ W. Long. on the east may be granted upon a showing of good 37°30′00″ N. Lat. on the south cause pursuant to § 1.946(e) of this chap- 105°50′00″ W. Long. on the west ter. Rectangle 3: (e) Construction of any authorized fa- 40°08′00″ N. Lat. on the north cility or frequency must be completed 107°00′00″ W. Long. on the east by the date specified in the license and

438

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00448 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.112

the Commission must be notified pur- of auxiliary stations, the FCC may au- suant to § 1.946 of this chapter. thorize an experimental station of any class to operate on other frequencies [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003] upon a satisfactory showing of the need therefore and a showing that the pro- Subpart A—Experimental posed operation can be conducted with- Broadcast Stations out causing harmful interference to established services. However, experi- § 74.101 Experimental broadcast sta- mental operation which looks toward tion. the development of radio transmitting The term experimental broadcast sta- apparatus or the rendition of any type tion means a station licensed for exper- of regular service using such fre- imental or developmental transmission quencies will not be authorized prior to of radio telephony, television, fac- a determination by the FCC that the simile, or other types of telecommuni- development of such apparatus or the cation services intended for reception rendition of such service would serve and use by the general public. the public interest. (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) [49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] § 74.102 Uses of experimental broadcast stations. § 74.112 Supplementary statement A license for an experimental broad- with application for construction cast station will be issued for the pur- permit. poses of carrying on research and ex- A supplementary statement shall be perimentation for the development and filed with, and made a part of, each ap- advancement of new broadcast tech- plication for construction permit for nology, equipment, systems or services any experimental broadcast station which are more extensive or require confirming the applicant’s under- other modes of transmission than can standing: be accomplished by using a licensed (a) That all operation upon the fre- broadcast station under an experi- quency requested is for experimental mental authorization (see § 73.1510). purposes only. (b) That the frequency requested may (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; not be the best suited to the particular 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) experimental work to be carried on. [49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] (c) That the frequency requested need not be allocated for any service that § 74.103 Frequency assignment. may be developed as a result of the ex- (a) Frequencies allocated to broad- perimental operation. casting and the various categories of (d) That any frequency which may be auxiliary stations, in the FCC’s Table assigned is subject to change without of Frequency Allocations (Part 2 of advance notice or hearing. this chapter), may be assigned respec- (e) That any authorization issued tively to experimental broadcast and pursuant to the application may be experimental auxiliary stations. cancelled at any time without notice (b) More than one frequency may be or hearing, and will expire as a matter assigned upon a satisfactory showing of of law if the station fails to transmit the need therefor. broadcast signals for any consecutive (c) Frequencies best suited to the 12-month period, notwithstanding any purpose of the experimentation and on provision, term, or condition of the li- which there appears to be the least cense to the contrary. likelihood of interference to estab- (f) That if approval of the experi- lished stations shall be selected. mental broadcast station may have a (d) In a case of important experimen- significant environmental impact, see tation which cannot be feasibly con- § 1.1307 of this chapter, submission of ducted on frequencies allocated to an environmental assessment, under broadcasting or the various categories § 1.1311 of this chapter, and compliance

439

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00449 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.113 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

with the Commission’s environmental the Communications Act of 1934, as rules contained in part 1 of this chap- amended, as well as the following: ter is required. (1) That the applicant has a definite (Sec. 319, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. program of research and experimen- 319; secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, tation in the technical phases of broad- 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) casting which indicates reasonable [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 promise of substantial contribution to FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984; 55 FR 20398, May 16, the developments of the broadcasting 1990; 61 FR 28767, June 6, 1996] art. (2) That upon the authorization of § 74.113 Supplementary reports with the proposed station the applicant can application for renewal of license. and will proceed immediately with its (a) A report shall be filed with each program of research and experimen- application for renewal of experimental tation. broadcast station license which shall (3) That the transmission of signals include a statement of each of the fol- by radio is essential to the proposed lowing: (1) Number of hours operated. program of research and experimen- (2) Full data on research and experi- tation. mentation conducted including the (4) That the program of research and types of transmitting and studio equip- experimentation will be conducted by ment used and their mode of operation. qualified personnel. (3) Data on expense of research and (b) A license of an experimental operation during the period covered. broadcast station will not authorize ex- (4) Power employed, field intensity clusive use of any frequency. In case measurements and visual and aural ob- interference would be caused by simul- servations and the types of instru- taneous operation of stations licensed ments and receivers utilized to deter- experimentally, such licensees shall mine the station service area and the endeavor to arrange satisfactory time efficiency of the respective types of division. If such agreement cannot be transmissions. reached, the FCC will determine and (5) Estimated degree of public par- specify the time division. ticipation in reception and the results (c) A license for an experimental of observations as to the effectiveness broadcast station will be issued only on of types of transmission. (6) Conclusions, tentative and final. the condition that no objectionable in- (7) Program of further developments terference to the regular program in broadcasting. transmissions of broadcast stations (8) All developments and major will result from the transmissions of changes in equipment. the experimental stations. (9) Any other pertinent develop- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; ments. 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (b) Special or progress reports shall be submitted from time to time as the [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 Commission shall direct. FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] (Sec. 308, 48 Stat. 1084, as amended; 47 U.S.C. § 74.132 Power limitations. 308; secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) The license for experimental broadcast stations will specify the maximum [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] authorized power. The operating power shall not be greater than necessary to § 74.131 Licensing requirements, nec- carry on the service and in no event essary showing. more than 5 percent above the max- (a) An applicant for a new experi- imum power specified. Engineering mental broadcast station, change in fa- standards have not been established for cilities of any existing station, or these stations. The efficiency factor for modification of license is required to the last radio stage of transmitters em- make a satisfactory showing of compli- ployed will be subject to individual de- ance with the general requirements of termination but shall be in general

440

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00450 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.181

agreement with values normally em- § 74.162 Frequency monitors and ployed for similar equipment operated measurements. within the frequency range authorized. The licensee of an experimental (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; broadcast station shall provide the nec- 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) essary means for determining that the frequency of the station is within the [49 FR 32583, Aug. 15, 1984] allowed tolerance. The date and time of each frequency check, the frequency § 74.133 Emission authorized. as measured, and a description or iden- In case emission of a different type tification of the method employed than that specified in the license is shall be entered in the station log. Suf- necessary or desirable in carrying on ficient observations shall be made to any phases of experimentation, appli- insure that the assigned carrier fre- cation setting out fully the needs shall quency is maintained within the pre- be made by informal application. scribed tolerance. [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963] (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) § 74.151 Equipment changes. [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] The licensee of an experimental broadcast station may make any § 74.163 Time of operation. changes in the equipment that are (a) Unless specified or restricted deemed desirable or necessary pro- hours of operation are shown in the vided: station authorization, experimental (a) That the operating frequency is broadcast stations may be operated at not permitted to deviate more than the any time and are not required to ad- allowed tolerance; here to a regular schedule of operation. (b) That the emissions are not per- (b) The FCC may limit or restrict the mitted outside the authorized band; periods of station operation in the (c) That the power output complies event interference is caused to other with the license and the regulations broadcast or nonbroadcast stations. governing the same; and (c) The FCC may require that an experimental broadcast station conduct (d) That the transmitter as a whole such experiments as are deemed desir- or output power rating of the trans- able and reasonable for development of mitter is not changed. the type of service for which the sta- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; tion was authorized. 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; [28 FR 13706, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984]

TECHNICAL OPERATION AND OPERATORS § 74.165 Posting of station license. § 74.161 Frequency tolerances. The instrument of authorization or a clearly legible photocopy thereof shall The departure of the carrier fre- be available at the transmitter site. quency or frequencies of an experimental broadcast station must not ex- [60 FR 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] ceed the tolerance specified in the instrument of authorization. For modes § 74.181 Station records. of transmission that do not have a (a) The licensee of each experimental resting or center carrier frequency, the broadcast station must maintain ade- occupied bandwidth of the station quate records of the operation, includ- transmissions may not exceed that ing: specified in the instrument of author- (1) Information concerning the na- ization. ture of the experimental operation and the periods in which it is being con- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; ducted. 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) (2) Information concerning any spe- [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] cific data requested by the FCC.

441

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00451 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.182 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(b) Station records must be retained tion without the express authority of for a period of two years. the originating station. A copy of the written consent of the licensee origi- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) nating the program must be kept by the licensee of the experimental broad- [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] cast station retransmitting such pro- § 74.182 Program service and charges. gram and made available to the FCC upon request. (a) The licensee of an experimental broadcast station may transmit pro- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; gram material only when necessary to 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) the experiments being conducted, and [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] no regular program service may be broadcast unless specifically author- Subparts B–C [Reserved] ized. (b) The licensee of an experimental broadcast station may make no Subpart D—Remote Pickup charges nor ask for any payment, di- Broadcast Stations rectly or indirectly, for the production or transmission of any programming or § 74.401 Definitions. information used for experimental Associated broadcasting station(s). The broadcast purposes. broadcasting station or stations with (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; which a remote pickup broadcast sta- 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) tion or system is licensed as an auxiliary and with which it is principally [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] used. § 74.183 Station identification. Authorized bandwidth. The occupied or necessary bandwidth, whichever is Each experimental broadcast station greater, authorized to be used by a sta- shall make aural or visual announce- tion. ments of its call letters and location at Automatic relay station. A remote the beginning and end of each period of pickup broadcast base station which is operation, and at least once every hour actuated by automatic means and is during operation. used to relay transmissions between re- (Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1032; mote pickup broadcast base and mobile 47 U.S.C. 158, 303) stations, between remote pickup broad- [49 FR 32584, Aug. 15, 1984] cast mobile stations and from remote pickup broadcast mobile stations to § 74.184 Rebroadcasts. broadcasting stations. (Automatic op- (a) The term rebroadcast means recep- eration is not operation by remote con- tion by radio of the programs or other trol.) transmissions of a broadcast station, Carrier power. The average power at and the simultaneous or subsequent re- the output terminals of a transmitter transmission of such programs or (other than a transmitter having a sup- transmissions by a broadcast station. pressed, reduced or controlled carrier) (1) As used in this section, the word during one radio frequency cycle under ‘‘program’’ includes any complete pro- conditions of no modulation. gram or part thereof. Mean power. The power at the output (2) The transmission of a program terminals of a transmitter during nor- from its point of origin to a broadcast mal operation, averaged over a time station entirely by common carrier fa- sufficiently long compared with the pe- cilities, whether by wire line or radio, riod of the lowest frequency encoun- is not considered a rebroadcast. tered in the modulation. A time of 1/10 (3) The broadcasting of a program re- second during which the mean power is layed by a remote broadcast pickup greatest will be selected normally. station is not considered a rebroadcast. Necessary bandwidth. For a given (b) No licensee of an experimental class of emission, the minimum value broadcast station may retransmit the of the occupied bandwidth sufficient to program of another U.S. broadcast sta- ensure the transmission of information

442

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00452 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.402

at the rate and with the quality re- Systems. A complete remote pickup quired for the system employed, under broadcast facility consisting of one or specified conditions. Emissions useful more mobile stations and/or one or for the good functioning of the receiv- more base stations authorized pursuant ing equipment, as for example, the to a single license. emission corresponding to the carrier [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 of reduced carrier systems, shall be in- FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 47 FR 28388, June 30, cluded in the necessary bandwidth. 1982; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982; 51 FR 4601, Feb. Occupied bandwidth. The frequency 6, 1986] bandwidth such that, below its lower and above its upper frequency limits, § 74.402 Frequency assignment. the mean powers radiated are each Operation on all channels listed in equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean this section (except: frequencies 26.07 power radiated by a given emission. MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- Operational communications. Commu- quencies listed in paragraphs (a)(4) and nications concerning the technical and (c)(1) of this section shall be in accord- programming operation of a broadcast ance with the ‘‘priority of use’’ provi- station and its auxiliaries. sions in § 74.403(b)). The channel will be Remote control operation. Operation of assigned by its center frequency, chan- a base station by a properly designated nel bandwidth, and emission desig- person on duty at a control position nator. In general, the frequencies listed from which the transmitter is not visi- in this section represent the center of ble but that position is equipped with the channel or channel segment. When suitable controls so that essential an even number of channels are functions can be performed therefrom. stacked in those sections stacking is permitted, channel assignments may Remote pickup broadcast base station. be made for the frequency halfway be- A remote pickup broadcast station au- tween those listed. thorized for operation at a specified lo- (a) The following channels may be as- cation. signed for use by broadcast remote Remote pickup broadcast mobile station. pickup stations using any emission A remote pickup broadcast station au- (other than single sideband or pulse) thorized for use while in motion or dur- that will be in accordance with the pro- ing halts at unspecified locations. (As visions of § 74.462. used in this subpart, mobile stations (1) [Reserved] include hand-carried, pack-carried and (2) HF Channels: 25.87, 25.91, 25.95, other portable transmitters.) 25.99, 26.03, 26.07, 26.09, 26.11, 26.13, 26.15, Remote pickup broadcast stations. A 26.17, 26.19, 26.21, 26.23, 26.25, 26.27, 26.29, term used in this subpart to include 26.31, 26.33, 26.35, 26.37, 26.39, 26.41, 26.43, both remote pickup broadcast base sta- 26.45, and 26.47 MHz. The channels tions and remote pickup broadcast mo- 25.87–26.09 MHz are subject to the con- bile stations. dition listed in paragraph (e)(2) of this Remote pickup mobile repeater unit. A section. vehicular receiver-transmitter repeater (3) VHF Channels: 166.25 and 170.15 used to provide extended communica- MHz. These channels are subject to the tions range for a low-power hand-car- condition listed in paragraph (e)(8) of ried or pack-carried transmitter. this section. Station. As used in this subpart, each (4) UHF Channels: Up to two of the remote pickup broadcast transmitter, following 6.25 kHz segments may be and its associated accessory equipment stacked to form a channel which may necessary to the radio communication be assigned for use by broadcast re- function, constitutes a separate sta- mote pickup stations using any emis- tion. sion contained within the resultant Studio. Any room or series of rooms channel in accordance with the provi- equipped for the regular production of sions of § 74.462: 450.00625 MHz, 450.0125 broadcast programs of various kinds. A MHz, 450.01875 MHz, 450.025 MHz, broadcasting booth at a stadium, con- 450.98125 MHz, 450.9875 MHz, 450.99375 vention hall, church, or other similar MHz, 455.00625 MHz, 455.0125 MHz, place is not considered to be a studio. 455.01875 MHz, 455.025 MHz, 455.98125

443

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00453 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.402 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

MHz, 455.9875 MHz, and 455.99375 MHz. 161.7675, 161.775. These channels are These channels are subject to the con- subject to the conditions listed in para- dition listed in paragraph (e)(9) of this graphs (e)(4), (7), and (10) of this sec- section. tion. (b) Up to four of the following 7.5 kHz (4) UHF segments: 450.03125, 450.0375, VHF segments and up to eight of the 450.04375, 450.050, 450.05625, 450.0625, following 6.25 kHz UHF segments may 450.06875, 450.075, 450.08125, 450.0875, be stacked to form a channel which 450.09375, 450.100, 450.10625, 450.1125, may be assigned for use by broadcast 450.11875, 450.125, 450.13125, 450.1375, remote pickup stations using any emis- 450.14375, 450.150, 450.15625, 450.1625, sion contained within the resultant 450.16875, 450.175, 450.18125, 450.1875, channel in accordance with the provi- 450.19375, 450.200, 450.20625, 450.2125, sions of § 74.462. 450.21875, 450.225, 450.23125, 450.2375, (1) VHF segments: 152.8625, 152.870, 450.24375, 450.250, 450.25625, 450.2625, 152.8775, 152.885, 152.8925, 152.900, 450.26875, 450.275, 450.28125, 450.2875, 152.9075, 152.915, 152.9225, 152.930, 450.29375, 450.300, 450.30625, 450.3125, 152.9375, 152.945, 152.9525, 152.960, 450.31875, 450.325, 450.33125, 450.3375, 152.9675, 152.975, 152.9825, 152.990, 450.34375, 450.350, 450.35625, 450.3625, 152.9975, 153.005, 153.0125, 153.020, 450.36875, 450.375, 450.38125, 450.3875, 153.0275, 153.035, 153.0425, 153.050, 450.39375, 450.400, 450.40625, 450.4125, 153.0575, 153.065, 153.0725, 153.080, 450.41875, 450.425, 450.43125, 450.4375, 153.0875, 153.095, 153.1025, 153.110, 450.44375, 450.450, 450.45625, 450.4625, 153.1175, 153.125, 153.1325, 153.140, 450.46875, 450.475, 450.48125, 450.4875, 153.1475, 153.155, 153.1625, 153.170, 450.49375, 450.500, 450.50625, 450.5125, 153.1775, 153.185, 153.1925, 153.200, 450.51875, 450.525, 450.53125, 450.5375, 153.2075, 153.215, 153.2225, 153.230, 450.54375, 450.550, 450.55625, 450.5625, 153.2375, 153.245, 153.2525, 153.260, 450.56875, 450.575, 450.58125, 450.5875, 153.2675, 153.275, 153.2825, 153.290, 450.59375, 450.600, 450.60625, 450.6125, 153.2975, 153.305, 153.3125, 153.320, 450.61875, 455.03125, 455.0375, 455.04375, 153.3275, 153.335, 153.3425, 153.350, and 455.050, 455.05625, 455.0625, 455.06875, 153.3575. These channels are subject to 455.075, 455.08125, 455.0875, 455.09375, the conditions listed in paragraphs 455.100, 455.10625, 455.1125, 455.11875, (e)(3), (4), (5), and (10) of this section. 455.125, 455.13125, 455.1375, 455.14375, (2) VHF segments: 160.860, 160.8675, 455.150, 455.15625, 455.1625, 455.16875, 160.875, 160.8825, 160.890, 160.8975, 160.905, 455.175, 455.18125, 455.1875, 455.19375, 160.9125, 160.920, 160.9275, 160.935, 455.200, 455.20625, 455.2125, 455.21875, 160.9425, 160.950, 160.9575, 160.965, 455.225, 455.23125, 455.2375, 455.24375, 160.9725, 160.980, 160.9875, 160.995, 455.250, 455.25625, 455.2625, 455.26875, 161.0025, 161.010, 161.0175, 161.025, 455.275, 455.28125, 455.2875, 455.29375, 161.0325, 161.040, 161.0475, 161.055, 455.300, 455.30625, 455.3125, 455.31875, 161.0625, 161.070, 161.0775, 161.085, 455.325, 455.33125, 455.3375, 455.34375, 161.0925, 161.100, 161.1075, 161.115, 455.350, 455.35625, 455.3625, 455.36875, 161.1225, 161.130, 161.1375, 161.145, 455.375, 455.38125, 455.3875, 455.39375, 161.1525, 161.160, 161.1675, 161.175, 455.400, 455.40625, 455.4125, 455.41875, 161.1825, 161.190, 161.1975, 161.205, 455.425, 455.43125, 455.4375, 455.44375, 161.2125, 161.220, 161.2275, 161.235, 455.450, 455.45625, 455.4625, 455.46875, 161.2425, 161.250, 161.2575, 161.265, 455.475, 455.48125, 455.4875, 455.49375, 161.2725, 161.280, 161.2875, 161.295, 455.500, 455.50625, 455.5125, 455.51875, 161.3025, 161.310, 161.3175, 161.325, 455.525, 455.53125, 455.5375, 455.54375, 161.3325, 161.340, 161.3475, 161.355, 455.550, 455.55625, 455.5625, 455.56875, 161.3625, 161.370, 161.3775, 161.385, 455.575, 455.58125, 455.5875, 455.59375, 161.3925, 161.400. These channels are 455.600, 455.60625, 455.6125, 455.61875. subject to the condition listed in para- (c) Up to two of the following 25 kHz graph (e)(6) and (10) of this section. segments may be stacked to form a (3) VHF segments: 161.625, 161.6325, channel which may be assigned for use 161.640, 161.6475, 161.655, 161.6625, 161.670, by broadcast remote pickup stations 161.6775, 161.685, 161.6925, 161.700, using any emission contained within 161.7075, 161.715, 161.7225, 161.730, the resultant channel in accordance 161.7375, 161.745, 161.7525, 161.760, with the provisions of § 74.462. Users

444

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00454 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.402

committed to 50 kHz bandwidths and other areas, certain existing stations transmitting program material will in the Public Safety and Industrial/ have primary use of these channels. Business Pools (Part 90) have been per- (1) UHF segments: 450.6375, 450.6625, mitted to continue operation on these 450.6875, 450.7125, 450.7375, 450.7625, frequencies on the condition that no 450.7875, 450.8125, 450.8375, 450.8625, harmful interference is caused to 455.6375, 455.6625, 455.6875, 455.7125, broadcast remote pickup stations. 455.7375, 455.7625, 455.7875, 455.8125, (8) Operation on frequencies 166.25 455.8375, 455.8625 MHz. MHz and 170.15 MHz is subject to the (2) [Reserved] condition that harmful interference (d) Up to two of the following 50 kHz shall not be caused to present or future segments may be stacked to form a Government stations in the band 162– channel which may be assigned for use 174 MHz and is also subject to the band- by broadcast remote pickup stations width and tolerance limitations and using any emission contained within compliance deadlines listed in § 74.462 the resultant channel in accordance of this part. Authorization on these with the provisions of § 74.462. Users frequencies shall be in the lower 48 con- committed to 100 kHz bandwidths and tiguous States only, except within the transmitting program material will area bounded on the west by the Mis- have primary use of these channels. sissippi River, on the north by the par- (1) UHF segments: 450.900, 450.950, ° ′ 455.900, and 455.950 MHz. allel of latitude 37 30 N., and on the (2) [Reserved] east and south by that arc of the circle (e) Conditions on Broadcast Remote with center at Springfield, Illinois, and Pickup Service channel usage as re- radius equal to the airline distance be- ferred to in paragraphs (a) through (d) tween Springfield, Illinois, and Mont- of this section: gomery, Alabama, subtended between (1) [Reserved] the foregoing west and north bound- (2) Operation is subject to the condi- aries, or within 150 miles (241.4 km) of tion that no harmful interference is New York City. caused to stations in the broadcast (9) The use of these frequencies is service. limited to operational communica- (3) Operation is subject to the conditions, including tones for signaling and tion that no harmful interference is for remote control and automatic caused to stations operating in accord- transmission system control and te- ance with the Table of Frequency Allo- lemetry. Stations licensed or applied cations set forth in part 2 of this chap- for before April 16, 2003, must comply ter. Applications for licenses to use fre- with the channel plan by March 17, quencies in this band must include 2006, or may continue to operate on a statements showing what procedures secondary, non-interference basis. will be taken to ensure that inter- (10) Stations licensed or applied for ference will not be caused to stations before April 16, 2003, must comply with in the Industrial/Business Pool (Part the channel plan by March 17, 2006, or 90). may continue to operate on a sec- (4) These frequencies will not be li- ondary, non-interference basis. censed to network entities. (f) License applicants shall request (5) These frequencies will not be au- assignment of only those channels, thorized to new stations for use on both in number and bandwidth, nec- board aircraft. essary for satisfactory operation and (6) These frequencies are allocated for which the system is equipped to op- for assignment to broadcast remote erate. However, it is not necessary that pickup stations in Puerto Rico or the each transmitter within a system be Virgin Islands only. equipped to operate on all frequencies NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (e)(6): These fre- authorized to that licensee. quencies are shared with Public Safety and (g) Remote pickup stations or sys- Industrial/Business Pools (Part 90). tems will not be granted exclusive (7) These frequencies may not be used channel assignments. The same chan- by broadcast remote pickup stations in nel or channels may be assigned to Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands. In other licensees in the same area. When

445

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00455 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.403 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

such sharing is necessary, the provi- structions, frequency coordination, es- sions of § 74.403 shall apply. tablishing microwave links, and operational communications. Operational [68 FR 12763, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003] communications are alerting tones and special signals of short duration used § 74.403 Frequency selection to avoid for telemetry or control. interference. (c) Remote pickup mobile or base (a) Where two or more remote pickup stations may communicate with any broadcast station licensees are author- other station licensed under this sub- ized to operate on the same frequency part. or group of frequencies in the same (d) Remote pickup mobile stations area and when simultaneous operation may be operated as a vehicular re- is contemplated, the licensees shall en- peater to relay program material and deavor to select frequencies or sched- communications between stations li- ule operation in such manner as to censed under this subpart. Precautions avoid mutual interference. If mutual shall be taken to avoid interference to agreement to this effect cannot be other stations and the vehicular re- reached the Commission shall be noti- peater shall only be activated by hand- fied and it will specify the frequency or carried or pack-carried units. frequencies on which each station is to (e) The output of hand-carried or be operated. pack-carried transmitter units used (b) The following order of priority of with a vehicular repeater is limited to transmissions shall be observed on all 2.5 watts. The output of a vehicular re- frequencies except frequencies 26.07 peater transmitter used as a talkback MHz, 26.11 MHz, and 26.45 MHz, and fre- unit on an additional frequency is lim- quencies listed in § 74.402(a)(4) and ited to 2.5 watts. (c)(1): (f) Remote pickup base and mobile (1) Communications during an emer- stations in Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, gency or pending emergency directly Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands related to the safety of life and prop- may be used for any purpose related to erty. the programming or technical oper- (2) Program material to be broadcast. ation of a broadcasting station, except (3) Cues, orders, and other related for transmission intended for direct re- communications immediately nec- ception by the general public. essary to the accomplishment of a (g) [Reserved] broadcast. (h) In the event that normal aural (4) Operational communications. studio to transmitter circuits are dam- (5) Tests or drills to check the per- aged, stations licensed under Subpart formance of stand-by or emergency cir- D may be used to provide temporary cuits. circuits for a period not exceeding 30 days without further authority from [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] the Commission necessary to continue broadcasting. § 74.431 Special rules applicable to re- (i) Remote pickup mobile or base sta- mote pickup stations. tions may be used for activities associ- (a) Remote pickup mobile stations ated with the Emergency Alert System may be used for the transmission of (EAS) and similar emergency survival material from the scene of events communications systems. Drills and which occur outside the studio back to test are also permitted on these sta- studio or production center. The trans- tions, but the priority requirements of mitted material shall be intended for § 74.403(b) must be observed in such the licensee’s own use and may be cases. made available for use by any other [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 68 FR broadcast station or cable system. 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] (b) Remote pickup mobile or base stations may be used for communica- § 74.432 Licensing requirements and tions related to production and tech- procedures. nical support of the remote program. (a) A license for a remote pickup sta- This includes cues, orders, dispatch in- tion will be issued to: the licensee of an

446

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00456 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.432

AM, FM, noncommercial FM, low nity, designation of one such station as power FM, TV, Class A TV, inter- the associated broadcasting station national broadcast or low power TV will not preclude use of the remote station; broadcast network-entity; or pickup broadcast facilities with those cable network-entity. broadcasting stations not included in (b) Base stations may operate as the designation and such additional use automatic relay stations on the fre- shall be at the discretion of the li- quencies listed in § 74.402(b)(4) and (c)(1) censee. under the provisions of § 74.436, how- (h) In cases where a series of broad- ever, one licensee may not operate casts are to be made from the same lo- such stations on more than two fre- cation, portable or mobile transmitters quency pairs in a single area. may be left at such location for the du- (c) Base stations may use voice com- ration of the series of broadcasts: Pro- munications between the studio and vided, The transmitting apparatus is transmitter or points of any intercity properly secured so that it may not be relay system on frequencies in Groups operated by unauthorized persons when I and J. unattended. Prior Commission author- (d) Base stations may be authorized ity shall be obtained for the installa- to establish standby circuits from tion of any transmitting antenna places where official broadcasts may be which requires notification to the made during times of emergency and FAA, pursuant to § 17.7 of the Commis- circuits to interconnect an emergency sion’s rules and regulations, and which survival communications system. will be in existence for more than 2 (e) In Alaska, Guam, Hawaii, Puerto days. Rico, and the Virgin Islands, base sta- (i) The location of each remote pick- tions may provide program circuits be- up broadcast base station will be speci- tween the studio and transmitter or to fied in the station or system license relay programs between broadcasting and such stations may not be operated stations. A base station may be oper- at any other location without prior au- ated unattended in accordance with the thority of the Commission. following: (j) The license shall be retained in (1) The station must be designed, in- the licensee’s files at the address stalled, and protected so that the shown on the authorization, posted at transmitter can only be activated or the transmitter, or posted at the con- controlled by persons authorized by the trol point of the station. licensee. (k) In case of permanent discontinu- ance of operations of a station licensed (2) The station must be equipped with under this subpart, the licensee shall circuits to prevent transmitter oper- cancel the station license using FCC ation when no signal is received from Form 601. For purposes of this section, the station which it is relaying. a station which is not operated for a (f) Remote pickup stations may use period of one year is considered to have only those frequencies and bandwidths been permanently discontinued. which are necessary for operation. (g) An application for a remote pick- NOTE: Licensees of remote pickup broad- up broadcast station or system shall cast stations licensed prior to August 31, specify the broadcasting station with 1976, should not file applications to consoli- which the remote pickup broadcast fa- date individually licensed transmitters under a single system license until the re- cility is to be principally used and the newal application of the associated broad- licensed area of operation for a system cast station is filed. Applications filed be- which includes mobile stations shall be tween August 31, 1976, and the date of filing the area considered to be served by the of the renewal applications to obtain author- associated broadcasting station. Mo- ization to use additional transmitters or bile stations may be operated outside modification of existing stations shall be re- the licensed area of operation pursuant stricted to a single system application nec- to § 74.24 of this part. Where the appli- essary to accomplish the desired change, but may include consolidation of previously-li- cant for remote pickup broadcast fa- censed transmitters within the system li- cilities is the licensee of more than one cense. Applications submitted for system li- class of broadcasting station (AM, FM, censing prior to the time when renewal ap- TV), all licensed to the same commu- plications would normally be filed which are

447

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00457 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.433 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

unnecessary for either administrative or (e) The user shall have full control operational purposes will be returned as un- over the transmitting equipment dur- acceptable for filing. ing the period it is operated. (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) (f) Special temporary authority to permit operation of remote pickup [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 broadcast stations or systems pending FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 47 FR 21496, May 18, Commission action on an application 1982; 49 FR 14509, Apr. 12, 1984; 51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 60 FR for regular authority will not normally 55482, Nov. 1, 1995; 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000; be granted. 68 FR 12764, Mar. 17, 2003] [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, § 74.433 Temporary authorizations. 1982; 50 FR 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, (a) Special temporary authority may Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] be granted for remote pickup station § 74.434 Remote control operation. operation which cannot be conducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such author- (a) A remote control system must ity will normally be granted only for provide adequate monitoring and con- operations of a temporary nature. trol functions to permit proper operation of the station. Where operation is seen as likely on a (b) A remote control system must be continuing annual basis, an application designed, installed, and protected so for a regular authorization should be that the transmitter can only be acti- submitted. vated or controlled by persons author- (b) A request for special temporary ized by the licensee. authority for the operation of a remote (c) A remote control system must pickup broadcast station must be made prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- in accordance with the procedures of ation caused by malfunctions in the § 1.931(b) of this chapter. circuits between the control point and (c) All requests for special temporary transmitter. authority of a remote pickup broadcast [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR station must include full particulars 55482, Nov. 1, 1995] including: licensee’s name and address, facility identification number of the § 74.436 Special requirements for auto- associated broadcast station or sta- matic relay stations. tions, call letters of remote pickup sta- (a) An automatic relay station must tion (if assigned), type and manufac- be designed, installed, and protected so turer of equipment, power output, that the transmitter can only be acti- emission, frequency or frequencies pro- vated or controlled by persons author- posed to be used, commencement and ized by the licensee. termination date, location of operation (b) An automatic relay station may and purpose for which request is made accomplish retransmission of the in- including any particular justification. coming signals by either heterodyne (d) A request for special temporary frequency conversion or by modulating authority shall specify a frequency or the transmitter with the demodulated frequencies consistent with the provi- incoming signals. sions of § 74.402: Provided, That, in the (c) An automatic relay station trans- case of events of wide-spread interest mitter may relay the demodulated in- and importance which cannot be trans- coming signals from one or more re- mitted successfully on these fre- ceivers. quencies, frequencies assigned to other [51 FR 4602, Feb. 6, 1986, as amended at 60 FR services may be requested upon a show- 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] ing that operation thereon will not cause interference to established sta- § 74.451 Certification of equipment. tions: And provided further, In no case (a) Applications for new remote pick- will operation of a remote pickup up broadcast stations or systems or for broadcast station be authorized on fre- changing transmitting equipment of an quencies employed for the safety of life existing station will not be accepted and property. unless the transmitters to be used have

448

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00458 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.462

been certificated by the FCC pursuant § 74.452 Equipment changes. to the provisions of this subpart, or (a) Modifications may be made to an have been certificated for licensing existing authorization in accordance under part 90 of this chapter and do not with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. exceed the output power limits speci- (b) All transmitters initially in- fied in § 74.461(b). stalled after November 30, 1977, must be (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- certificated for use in this service or mitter to be used in this service may other service as specified in § 74.451(a). apply for certification for such transmitter following the certification pro- [68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- mission’s rules and regulations. Atten- § 74.461 Transmitter power. tion is also directed to part 1 of the (a) Transmitter power is the power at Commission’s rules and regulations the transmitter output terminals and which specifies the fees required when delivered to the antenna, antenna filing an application for certification. transmission line, or any other imped- (c) An applicant for a remote pickup ance-matched, radio frequency load. broadcast station or system may also For the purpose of this Subpart, the apply for certification for an individual transmitter power is the carrier power. transmitter by following the certifi- (b) The authorized transmitter power cation procedure set forth in part 2 of for a remote pickup broadcast station the Commission’s rules and regula- shall be limited to that necessary for tions. satisfactory service and, in any event, shall not be greater than 100 watts, ex- (d) All transmitters marketed for use cept that a station to be operated under this subpart shall be certificated aboard an aircraft shall normally be by the Federal Communications Com- limited to a maximum authorized mission. (Refer to subpart J of part 2 of power of 15 watts. Specific authoriza- the Commission’s Rules and Regula- tion to operate stations on board air- tions.) craft with an output power exceeding (e) Remote pickup broadcast station 15 watts will be issued only upon an equipment authorized to be used pursu- adequate engineering showing of need, ant to an application accepted for fil- and of the procedures that will be ing prior to December 1, 1977, may con- taken to avoid harmful interference to tinue to be used by the licensee or its other licensees. successors or assignees: Provided, however, If operation of such equipment (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) causes harmful interference due to its [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 43 failure to comply with the technical FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978] standards set forth in this subpart, the Commission may, at its discretion, re- § 74.462 Authorized bandwidth and emissions. quire the licensee to take such corrective action as is necessary to eliminate (a) Each authorization for a new re- the interference. mote pickup broadcast station or sys- (f) Each instrument of authority tem shall require the use of certifi- which permits operation of a remote cated equipment and such equipment pickup broadcast station or system shall be operated in accordance with using equipment which has not been emission specifications included in the certificated will specify the particular grant of certification and as prescribed transmitting equipment which the li- in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this section. censee is authorized to use. (b) The maximum authorized band- (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) width of emissions corresponding to [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 the types of emissions specified below, FR 14728, Mar. 16, 1977; 42 FR 43636, Aug. 30, and the maximum authorized fre- 1977; 43 FR 14661, Apr. 7, 1978; 45 FR 28142, quency deviation in the case of fre- Apr. 28, 1980; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; 68 FR quency or phase modulated emission, 12765, Mar. 17, 2003] shall be as follows:

449

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00459 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.463 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Maximum Authorized bandwidth frequency Frequencies Type of emission 2 (kHz) deviation 1 (kHz)

MHz: 25.87 to 26.03 ...... 40 ...... 10 Frequencies 25.87 to 153.3575 26.07 to 26.47 ...... 20 ...... 5 MHz: A3E, F1E, F3E, F9E. 152.8625 to 153.3575 3 ...... 30/60 ...... 5/10 160.860 to 161.400 ...... 60 ...... 10 161.625 to 161.775 ...... 30 ...... 5 166.25 and 170.15 4 ...... 12.5/25 ...... 5 450.00625 to 450.025 Frequencies 160.860 to 450.98125 to 450.99375 455.950 MHz: A1A, 455.00625 to 455.025 A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, 455.98125 to 455.99375 ...... A2B, A2D, A2E, A3E, ...... F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, ...... F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, Up to 12.5 ...... F3E, F9E...... 1.5 ...... 450.03125 to 450.61875 455.03125 to 455.61875 ...... Up to 25 ...... 5 450.6375 to 450.8625 455.6375 to 455.8625 ...... 25–50 ...... 10 450.900, 450.950 455.900, 455.950 ...... 50–100 ...... 35 1 Applies where F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, F2E, F3E, or F9E emissions are used. 2 Stations operating above 450 MHz shall show a need for employing A1A, A1B, A1D, A1E, A2A, A2B, A2D, A2E, F1A, F1B, F1D, F1E, F2A, F2B, F2D, or F2E emission. 3 New or modified licenses for use of the frequencies will not be granted to utilize transmitters on board aircraft, or to use a bandwidth in excess of 30 kHz and maximum deviation exceeding 5 kHz 4 For stations licensed or applied for before April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on frequencies 166.25 MHz or 170.15 MHz shall not exceed 25 kHz, and such operation may continue until January 1, 2005. For new stations licensed or applied for on or after April 16, 2003, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz. For all remote pickup broadcast stations, the sum of the bandwidth of emission and tolerance on these frequencies shall not exceed 12.5 kHz on or after January 1, 2005.

(c) For emissions on frequencies harmful interference, the Commission above 25 MHz with authorized may, at its discretion, require the li- bandwidths up to 30 kHz, the emissions censee to take such further steps as shall comply with the emission mask may be necessary to eliminate the in- and transient frequency behavior re- terference. quirements of §§ 90.210 and 90.214 of this chapter. For all other emissions, the NOTE: The measurements of emission mean power of emissions shall be at- power can be expressed in peak or mean val- tenuated below the mean output power ues provided they are expressed in the same parameters as the unmodulated transmitter of the transmitter in accordance with carrier power. the following schedule: (1) On any frequency removed from (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) the assignment frequency by more [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 41 than 50 percent up to and including 100 FR 32429, Aug. 3, 1976; 41 FR 35068, Aug. 19, percent of the authorized bandwidth: at 1976; 43 FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 43 FR 38391, least 25 dB: Aug. 28, 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 56 FR (2) On any frequency removed from 28498, June 21, 1991; 63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998; the assigned frequency by more than 68 FR 12765, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 100 percent up to and including 250 per- 2003] cent of the authorized bandwidth: at § 74.463 Modulation requirements. least 35 dB; (3) On any frequency removed from (a) Each new remote pickup broad- the assigned frequency by more than cast station authorized to operate with 250 percent on the authorized band- a power output in excess of 3 watts width; at least 43 plus 10 log10 (mean shall be equipped with a device which output power, in watts) dB. will automatically prevent modulation (d) In the event a station’s emissions in excess of the limits set forth in this outside its authorized channel cause subpart.

450

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00460 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.482

(b) If amplitude modulation is em- shall assign a unit designator to each ployed, modulation shall not exceed 100 station in the system. The call sign percent on negative peaks. (and unit designator, where appro- (c) If frequency modulation is em- priate) shall be transmitted at the be- ployed, emission shall conform to the ginning and end of each period of oper- requirements specified in § 74.462. ation. A period of operation may consist of a single continuous trans- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, 1982] mission, or a series of intermittent transmissions pertaining to a single § 74.464 Frequency tolerance. event. (b) In cases where a period of oper- For operations on frequencies above ation is of more than one hour dura- 25 MHz using authorized bandwidths up tion identification of remote pickup to 30 kHz, the licensee of a remote broadcast stations participating in the pickup broadcast station or system operation shall be made at approxi- shall maintain the operating frequency mately one-hour intervals. Identifica- of each station in compliance with the tion transmissions during operation frequency tolerance requirements of need not be made when to make such § 90.213 of this chapter. For all other op- transmissions would interrupt a single erations, the licensee of a remote pick- consecutive speech, play, religious up broadcast station or system shall service, symphony, concert, or any maintain the operating frequency of type of production. In such cases, the each station in accordance with the identification transmissions shall be following: made at the first interruption in the Tolerance (percent) program continuity and at the conclusion thereof. Hourly identification may Frequency range Base sta- Mobile station tion be accomplished either by transmission of the station or system call sign and 25 to 30 MHz: unit designator assigned to the indi- 3 W or less ...... 002 .005 Over 3 W ...... 002 .002 vidual station or identification of an 30 to 300 MHz: associated broadcasting station or net- 3 W or less ...... 0005 .005 work with which the remote pickup Over 3 W ...... 0005 .0005 300 to 500 MHz, all powers ...... 00025 .0005 broadcast station is being used. (c) In cases where an automatic relay station is a part of the circuit, the call (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, sign of the relay transmitter may be 1068, 1082 (47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303)) transmitted automatically by the relay [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 42 transmitter or by the remote pickup FR 2071, Jan. 10, 1977; 43 FR 38391, Aug. 28, broadcast base or mobile station that 1978; 44 FR 65765, Nov. 15, 1979; 68 FR 12766, actuates the automatic relay station. Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 25540, May 13, 2003] (d) Automatically activated equip- § 74.465 Frequency monitors and ment may be used to transmit station measurements. identification in International Morse The licensee of a remote pickup sta- Code, provided that the modulation ± tion or system shall provide the nec- tone is 1200 Hz 800 Hz, the level of mod- essary means to assure that all oper- ulation of the identification signal is ± ating frequencies are maintained with- maintained at 40% 10%, and that the in the allowed tolerances. code transmission rate is maintained between 20 and 25 words per minute. [51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986] (e) For stations using F1E or G1E emissions, identification shall be § 74.482 Station identification. transmitted in the unscrambled analog (a) Each remote pickup broadcast (F3E) mode or in International Morse station shall be identified by the trans- Code pursuant to the provisions of mission of the assigned station or sys- paragraph (d) of this section at inter- tem call sign, or by the call sign of the vals not to exceed 15 minutes. For pur- associated broadcast station. For sys- poses of rule enforcement, all licensees tems, the licensee (including those op- using F1E or G1E emissions shall pro- erating pursuant to § 74.24 of this part) vide, upon request by the Commission,

451

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00461 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.501 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

a full and complete description of the erate on a co-equal, primary basis to encoding methodology they currently other stations and services operating use. in the band in accordance with the Table of Frequency Allocations. These NOTE: Stations are encouraged to identify using their associated part 73 station call stations will be protected from possible sign. interference caused by new users of the band by the technical standards speci- [41 FR 29686, July 19, 1976, as amended at 47 fied in § 101.105(c)(2). FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 56 FR 28499, June 21, 1991; 68 FR 12766, (b) The frequency band 944–952 MHz is Mar. 17, 2003] available for assignment to aural STL and ICR stations. One or more of the Subpart E—Aural Broadcast following 25 kHz segments may be stacked to form a channel which may Auxiliary Stations be assigned with a maximum author- § 74.501 Classes of aural broadcast ized bandwidth of 300 kHz except as auxiliary stations. noted in the following Table. The channel, will be assigned by its center fre- (a) Aural broadcast STL station. A quency, channel bandwidth, and emis- fixed station for the transmission of sion designator. The following fre- aural program material between the quencies are the centers of individual studio and the transmitter of a broad- segments. When stacking an even num- casting station other than an inter- ber of segments, the center frequency national broadcasting station. specified will deviate from the fol- (b) Aural broadcast intercity relay lowing frequencies in that it should (ICR) station. A fixed station for the correspond to the actual center of transmission of aural program mate- stacked channels. When stacking an rial between radio broadcast stations, odd number of channels, the center fre- other than international broadcast sta- quency specified will correspond to one tions, between FM radio broadcast sta- of the following frequencies. tions and their co-owned FM booster stations, between noncommercial edu- 944.0125, 944.0375, 944.0625, 944.0875, 944.1125, cational FM radio stations and their 944.1375, 944.1625, 944.1875, 944.2125, 944.2375, co-owned noncommercial educational 944.2625, 944.2875, 944.3125, 944.3375, 944.3625, FM translator stations assigned to re- 944.3875, 944.4125, 944.4375, 944.4625, 944.4875, served channels (Channels 201 to 220), 944.5125, 944.5375, 944.5625, 944.5875, 944.6125, 944.6375, 944.6625, 944.6875, 944.7125, 944.7375, between FM radio stations and FM 944.7625, 944.7875, 944.8125, 944.8375, 944.8625, translator stations operating within 944.8875, 944.9125, 944.9375, 944.9625, 944.9875, the coverage contour of their primary 945.0125, 945.0375, 945.0625, 945.0875, 945.1125, stations, or for such other purposes as 945.1375, 945.1625, 945.1875, 945.2125, 945.2375, authorized in § 74.531. 945.2625, 945.2875, 945.3125, 945.3375, 945.3625, (c) Aural broadcast microwave booster 945.3875, 945.4125, 945.4375, 945.4625, 945.4875, station. A fixed station in the broadcast 945.5125, 945.5375, 945.5625, 945.5875, 945.6125, auxiliary service that receives and am- 945.6375, 945.6625, 945.6875, 945.7125, 945.7375, plifies signals of an aural broadcast 945.7625, 945.7875, 945.8125, 945.8375, 945.8625, 945.8875, 945.9125, 945.9375, 945.9625, 945.9875, STL or intercity relay station and re- 946.0125, 946.0375, 946.0625, 946.0875, 946.1125, transmits them on the same frequency. 946.1375, 946.1625, 946.1875, 946.2125, 946.2375, [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 946.2625, 946.2875, 946.3125, 946.3375, 946.3625, FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 946.3875, 946.4125, 946.4375, 946.4625, 946.4875, 1988; 55 FR 50692, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, 946.5125, 946.5375, 946.5625, 946.5875, 946.6125, Sept. 9, 1992] 946.6375, 946.6625, 946.6875, 946.7125, 946.7375, 946.7625, 946.7875, 946.8125, 946.8375, 946.8625, § 74.502 Frequency assignment. 946.8875, 946.9125, 946.9375, 946.9625, 946.9875, 947.0125, 947.0375, 947.0625, 947.0875, 947.1125, (a) Except as provided in NG30, 947.1375, 947.1625, 947.1875, 947.2125, 947.2375, broadcast auxiliary stations licensed as 947.2625, 947.2875, 947.3125, 947.3375, 947.3625, of November 21, 1984, to operate in the 947.3875, 947.4125, 947.4375, 947.4625, 947.4875, band 942–944 MHz 1 may continue to op- 947.5125, 947.5375, 947.5625, 947.5875, 947.6125,

1 NOTE: In addition to this band, stations in 942–944 MHz on a primary basis to stations Puerto Rico may continue to be authorized and services operating in accordance with on 942.5, 943.0, 943.5, 944.0 MHz in the band the Table of Frequency Allocations.

452

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00462 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8003 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.502

947.6375, 947.6625, 947.6875, 947.7125, 947.7375, (c) Aural broadcast STL and inter- 947.7625, 947.7875, 947.8125, 947.8375, 947.8625, city relay stations that were licensed 947.8875, 947.9125, 947.9375, 947.9625, 947.9875, or had applications pending before the 948.0125, 948.0375, 948.0625, 948.0875, 948.1125, 948.1375, 948.1625, 948.1875, 948.2125, 948.2375, Commission as of September 18, 1998 948.2625, 948.2875, 948.3125, 948.3375, 948.3625, may continue those operations in the 948.3875, 948.4125, 948.4375, 948.4625, 948.4875, band 18,760–18,820 and 19,100–19,160 MHz 948.5125, 948.5375, 948.5625, 948.5875, 948.6125, on a shared co-primary basis with 948.6375, 948.6625, 948.6875, 948.7125, 948.7375, other services under parts 21, 25, and 948.7625, 948.7875, 948.8125, 948.8375, 948.8625, 101 of this chapter until June 8, 2010. 948.8875, 948.9125, 948.9375, 948.9625, 948.9875, Prior to June 8, 2010, such stations are 949.0125, 949.0375, 949.0625, 949.0875, 949.1125, subject to relocation by licensees in 949.1375, 949.1625, 949.1875, 949.2125, 949.2375, 949.2625, 949.2875, 949.3125, 949.3375, 949.3625, the fixed-satellite service. Such reloca- 949.3875, 949.4125, 949.4375, 949.4625, 949.4875, tion is subject to the provisions of 949.5125, 949.5375, 949.5625, 949.5875, 949.6125, §§ 101.85 through 101.97 of this chapter. 949.6375, 949.6625, 949.6875, 949.7125, 949.7375, After June 8, 2010, such operations are 949.7625, 949.7875, 949.8125, 949.8375, 949.8625, not entitled to protection from fixed- 949.8875, 949.9125, 949.9375, 949.9625, 949.9875, satellite service operations and must 950.0125, 950.0375, 950.0625, 950.0875, 950.1125, not cause unacceptable interference to 950.1375, 950.1625, 950.1875, 950.2125, 950.2375, 950.2625, 950.2875, 950.3125, 950.3375, 950.3625, fixed-satellite service station oper- 950.3875, 950.4125, 950.4375, 950.4625, 950.4875, ations. No applications for new licenses 950.5125, 950.5375, 950.5625, 950.5875, 950.6125, will be accepted in these bands after 950.6375, 950.6625, 950.6875, 950.7125, 950.7375, June 8, 2000. 950.7625, 950.7875, 950.8125, 950.8375, 950.8625, (1)(i) 5 MHz maximum authorized 950.8875, 950.9125, 950.9375, 950.9625, 950.9875, bandwidth channels: 951.0125, 951.0375, 951.0625, 951.0875, 951.1125, 951.1375, 951.1625, 951.1875, 951.2125, 951.2375, Receive 951.2625, 951.2875, 951.3125, 951.3375, 951.3625, Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 951.3875, 951.4125, 951.4375, 951.4625, 951.4875, (MHz) 951.5125, 951.5375, 951.5625, 951.5875, 951.6125, 340 MHz Separation 951.6375, 951.6625, 951.6875, 951.7125, 951.7375, 951.7625, 951.7875, 951.8125, 951.8375, 951.8625, 18762.5 ...... 19102.5 951.8875, 951.9125, 951.9375, 951.9625, 951.9875. 18767.5 ...... 19107.5 18772.5 ...... 19112.5 (1) A single broadcast station may be 18777.5 ...... 19117.5 authorized up to a maximum of twenty 18782.5 ...... 19122.5 segments (500 kHz total bandwidth) for 18787.5 ...... 19127.5 transmission of program material be- 18792.5 ...... 19132.5 tween a single origin and one or more 18797.5 ...... 19137.5 18802.5 ...... 19142.5 designations. The station may lease ex- 18807.5 ...... 19147.5 cess capacity for broadcast and other 18812.5 ...... 19152.5 uses on a secondary basis, subject to 18817.5 ...... 19157.5 availability of spectrum for broadcast use. However, an FM station licensed (ii) Licensees may use either a two- for twelve or fewer segments (300 kHz way link or one frequency of a fre- total bandwidth) or an AM station li- quency pair for a one-way link. censed for eight or fewer segments (200 (2) [Reserved] kHz total bandwidth) may lease excess (d) For the coordination of all fre- capacity for broadcast and other uses quency assignments for fixed stations on a primary basis. above 944 MHz, for each frequency au- (2) An applicant (new or modification thorized under this part, the inter- of existing license) may assume the ference protection criteria in cost of replacement of one or more ex- § 101.105(a), (b), and (c) of this chapter isting licensees equipment with and the frequency usage coordination narrowband equipment of comparable procedures of § 101.103(d) of this chapter capabilities and quality in order to will apply. make available spectrum for its facili- (e) The use of the frequencies listed ties. Existing licensees must accept in paragraph (b) of this section by such replacement without cost to them aural broadcast intercity relay sta- except upon a showing that the re- tions is subject to the condition that placement equipment does not meet no harmful interference is caused to the capability or quality requirements. other classes of stations operating in

453

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00463 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.503 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

accordance with the Table of Fre- their primary stations. This use shall quency Allocations contained in § 2.106 not interfere with or otherwise pre- of this chapter. clude use of these broadcast auxiliary [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 facilities by broadcast auxiliary sta- FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, tions transmitting aural programming 1984; 50 FR 4658, Feb. 1, 1985; 50 FR 7341, Feb. between broadcast stations as provided 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, in paragraph (b) of this section. Nov. 26, 1985; 54 FR 10329, Mar. 13, 1989; 54 FR (d) An aural broadcast STL or inter- 24905, June 12, 1989; 54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989; 65 FR 38325, June 20, 2000; 65 FR 54172, Sept. city relay may be used to transmit ma- 7, 2000; 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, terial between an FM broadcast radio Apr. 8, 2003; 73 FR 25496, May 6, 2008] station and an FM booster station owned, operated, and controlled by the § 74.503 Frequency selection. licensee of the originating FM radio (a) Each application for a new station station. This use shall not interfere or change in an existing station shall with or otherwise preclude use of these be specific with regard to frequency. In broadcast auxiliary facilities by broad- general, the lowest suitable frequency cast auxiliary stations transmitting will be assigned which, on an engineer- aural programming between the studio ing basis, will not cause harmful inter- and transmitter location of a broadcast ference to other stations operating in station or between broadcast stations accordance with existing frequency al- as provided in paragraphs (a) and (b) of locations. this section. (b) Where it appears that interference (e) An aural broadcast microwave may result from the operation of a new booster station is authorized to re- station or a change in the facilities of an existing station, the Commission transmit the signals of an aural broad- may require a showing that harmful in- cast STL or intercity relay station. terference will not be caused to exist- (f) Multiplexing of the STL or inter- ing stations or that if interference will city relay transmitter may be em- be caused the need for the proposed ployed to provide additional commu- service outweighs the loss of service nication channels for the transmission due to the interference. of aural program material, news-wire teleprinter signals relaying news to be [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963] associated with main channel program- § 74.531 Permissible service. ming, operational communications, (a) An aural broadcast STL station is and material authorized to be trans- authorized to transmit aural program mitted over an FM station under a material between the studio and trans- valid Subsidiary Communications Au- mitter location of a broadcasting sta- thorization (SCA). An aural broadcast tion, except an international broad- STL or intercity relay station may not casting station, for simultaneous or de- be operated solely for the transmission layed broadcast. of operational, teleprinter or sub- (b) An aural broadcast intercity relay sidiary communications. Operational station is authorized to transmit aural communications include cues, orders, program material between broad- and other communications directly re- casting stations, except international lated to the operation of the broadcast broadcasting stations, for simulta- station as well as special signals used neous or delayed broadcast. for telemetry or the control of appa- (c) An aural broadcast intercity relay ratus used in conjunction with the station is authorized to transmit aural broadcasting operations. program material between noncommer- (g) All program material, including cial educational FM radio stations and subsidiary communications, trans- their co-owned noncommercial edu- mitted over an aural broadcast STL or cational FM translator stations as- intercity relay station shall be in- signed to reserved channels (Channels tended for use by broadcast stations 201 to 220) and between FM radio stations and FM translator stations oper- owned or under common control of the ating within the coverage contour of licensee or licensees of the STL or

454

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00464 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.533

intercity relay station. Other broad- tions. Auxiliary stations licensed to cast stations may simultaneously uti- low power FM stations must accept lize such program material with per- any interference caused by stations mission of the STL or intercity relay having primary use of aural auxiliary station licensee. frequencies. (h) In any case where multiplexing, is (b) More than one aural broadcast employed on an aural broadcast STL STL or intercity relay station may be station for the simultaneous trans- licensed to a single licensee upon a sat- mission of more than one aural chan- isfactory showing that the additional nel, the STL transmitter must be capa- stations are needed to provide different ble of transmitting the multiple chan- program circuits to more than one nels within the channel on which the broadcast station, to provide program STL station is authorized to operate circuits from other studios, or to pro- and with adequate technical quality so vide one or more intermediate relay that each broadcast station utilizing stations over a path which cannot be the circuit can meet the technical per- covered with a single station due to formance standards stipulated in the terrain or distance. rules governing that class of broad- (c) If more than one broadcast sta- casting station. If multiplex operation tion or class of broadcast station is to is employed during the regular oper- be served by a single aural broadcast ation of the STL station, the addi- auxiliary station, this information tional circuits shall be in operation at must be stated in the application for the time that the required periodic per- construction permit or license. formance measurements are made of (d) Licensees of aural broadcast STL the overall broadcasting system from and intercity relay stations may be au- the studio microphone input circuit to thorized to operate one or more aural the broadcast transmitter output cir- broadcast microwave booster stations cuit. for the purpose of relaying signals over [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 45 a path that cannot be covered with a FR 51564, Aug. 4, 1980; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, single station. 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, (e) Each aural broadcast auxiliary Sept. 9, 1992] station will be licensed at a specified transmitter location to communicate § 74.532 Licensing requirements. with a specified receiving location, and (a) An aural broadcast STL or an the direction of the main radiation aural broadcast intercity relay station lobe of the transmitting antenna will will be licensed only to the licensee or be a term of the station authorization. licensees of broadcast stations, includ- (f) In case of permanent discontinu- ing low power FM stations, other than ance of operations of a station licensed international broadcast stations, and under this subpart, the licensee shall for use with broadcast stations owned cancel the station license using FCC entirely by or under common control of Form 601. For purposes of this section, the licensee or licensees. An aural a station which is not operated for a broadcast intercity relay station also period of one year is considered to have will be licensed for use by low power been permanently discontinued. FM stations, noncommercial educational FM translator stations as- [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 49 FR 7129, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, signed to reserved channels (Channels 1984; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50693, 201–220) and owned and operated by Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR their primary station, by FM trans- 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; lator stations operating within the 68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] coverage contour of their primary stations, and by FM booster stations. § 74.533 Remote control and unat- Aural auxiliary stations licensed to tended operation. low power FM stations will be assigned (a) Aural broadcast STL and inter- on a secondary basis; i.e., subject to the city relay stations may be operated by condition that no harmful interference remote control provided that such op- is caused to other aural auxiliary sta- eration is conducted in accordance tions assigned to radio broadcast sta- with the conditions listed below:

455

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00465 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.534 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(1) The remote control system must (b) In no event shall the average provide adequate monitoring and con- equivalent isotropically radiated power trol functions to permit proper oper- (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic ation of the station. radiator, exceed the values specified in (2) The remote control system must the following table. In cases of harmful be designed, installed, and protected so interference, the Commission may, that the transmitter can only be acti- after notice and opportunity for hear- vated or controlled by persons author- ing, order a change in the equivalent ized by the licensee. isotropically radiated power of this (3) The remote control system must station. prevent inadvertent transmitter oper- Maximum Al- ation due to malfunctions in circuits Frequency band (MHz) lowable 1 between the control point and trans- EIRP (dBW) mitter. 944 to 952 ...... +40 (b) Aural broadcast auxiliary sta- 17,700 to 18,600 ...... +55 tions may be operated unattended sub- 18,600 to 19,700 ...... +35 ject to the following provisions: 1 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April (1) The transmitter shall be provided 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, with adequate safeguards to prevent may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic improper operation of the equipment. renewal. (2) The transmitter installation shall (c) The EIRP of transmitters that use be adequately protected against tam- Automatic Transmitter Power Control pering by unauthorized persons. (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP spec- (3) Whenever an unattended aural ified on the station authorization. The broadcast auxiliary station is used, ap- EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters shall propriate observations must be made be maintained as near as practicable to at the receiving end of the circuit as the EIRP specified on the station au- often as necessary to ensure proper sta- thorization. tion operation. However, an aural broadcast STL (and any aural broad- [68 FR 12766, Mar. 17, 2003] cast microwave booster station) associated with a radio or TV broadcast sta- § 74.535 Emission and bandwidth. tion operated by remote control may (a) The mean power of emissions be observed by monitoring the broad- shall be attenuated below the mean cast station’s transmitted signal at the transmitter power (PMEAN) in accord- remote control or ATS monitoring ance with the following schedule: point. (1) When using frequency modulation: (c) The FCC may notify the licensee (i) On any frequency removed from to cease or modify operation in the the assigned (center) frequency by case of frequency usage disputes, inter- more than 50% up to and including ference or similar situations where 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At such action appears to be in the public least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference interest, convenience and necessity. bandwidth (BREF); (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended by sec. 1, (ii) On any frequency removed from 74 Stat. 363; 47 U.S.C. 318) the assigned (center) frequency by [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 more than 100% up to and including FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985; 50 FR 48599, least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference Nov. 26, 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] bandwidth; (iii) On any frequency removed from § 74.534 Power limitations. the assigned (center) frequency by (a) Transmitter output power. (1) more than 250% of the authorized band- Transmitter output power shall be lim- width: At least 43+10 log10 (PMEAN in ited to that necessary to accomplish watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the the function of the system. lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- (2) In the 17,700 to 19,700 MHz band, erence bandwidth. transmitter output power shall not ex- (2) When using transmissions employ- ceed 10 watts. ing digital modulation techniques:

456

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00466 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.535

(i) For operating frequencies below 15 D = the displacement frequency (kHz) from GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth the center of the authorized bandwidth. W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). (BREF), the center frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency (2) On any frequency removed from by more than 50 percent up to and in- the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: cluding 250 percent of the authorized At least 43+10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) bandwidth: As specified by the fol- dB. lowing equation but in no event less (c) In the event a station’s emissions than 50 decibels: outside its authorized channel cause A = 35 + 0.8(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log B. harmful interference, the Commission 10 may require the licensee to take such (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is further steps as may be necessary to not required.) eliminate the interference. Where: (d) For purposes of compliance with the emission limitation requirements A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean output power level. of this section: G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- (1) If the transmitter modulates a quency. single carrier, digital modulation tech- B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. niques are considered as being employed when digital modulation occu- (ii) For operating frequencies above pies 50 percent or more of the total 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- peak frequency deviation of a trans- width (BREF), the center frequency of mitted radio frequency carrier. The which is removed from the assigned total peak frequency deviation will be frequency by more than 50 percent up determined by adding the deviation to and including 250 percent of the au- produced by the digital modulation sig- thorized bandwidth: As specified by the nal and the deviation produced by any following equation but in no event less frequency division multiplex (FDM) than 11 decibels: modulation used. The deviation (D) A = 11 + 0.4(G ¥ 50) + 10 Log10 B. produced by the FDM signal must be (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) not required.) of this chapter. (2) If the transmitter modulates two (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth or more carriers, with at least one (BREF), the center frequency of which is using digital modulation and one using removed from the assigned frequency frequency or other analog modulation, by more than 250 percent of the author- digital modulation techniques are con- ized bandwidth: At least 43 +10 Log10 sidered as being employed when the (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- ation. gregate bandwidth of the system, com- (b) For all emissions not covered in prising the digital necessary band- paragraph (a) of this section, the peak width(s), the analog necessary band- power of emissions shall be attenuated width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between below the peak envelope transmitter the digital and analog necessary power (PPEAK) in accordance with the bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate following schedule: bandwidth shall be used for the author- (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of channel edge up to and including 2500 this section, and for purposes of com- Hz outside the same edge, the following pliance with the bandwidth limitations formula will apply: in § 74.502 of this subpart; and the sum 2 A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] of the powers of the analog and digital dB signals shall be used for mean transmitter power (P ) in paragraph (a) (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is MEAN or the peak envelope transmitter power not required.) (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, Where: and for purposes of compliance with A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve- the power limitations in § 74.534 of this lope transmitter power. subpart.

457

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00467 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.536 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(3) For demonstrating compliance (1) The booster station must receive with the attenuation requirements for and amplify the signals of the origi- frequency modulation and digital mod- nating station and retransmit them on ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, the same frequency without signifi- the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the cantly altering them in any way. The measuring equipment used for meas- characteristics of the booster trans- urements removed from the center fre- mitter output signal shall meet the re- quency by more than 250 percent of the quirements applicable to the signal of authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz the originating station. for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- and 1 MHz for operating frequencies recting any condition of interference above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth that results from the radiation of radio for frequencies removed from the cen- frequency energy outside the assigned ter frequency by less than 250 percent channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the of the authorized bandwidth shall be station licensee that interference is the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- being caused, operation of the appa- fied in the individual emission limita- ratus must be immediately suspended tions, but may be reduced to not less and may not be resumed until the in- than one percent of the authorized terference has been eliminated or it bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the can be demonstrated that the inter- nearest greater resolution bandwidth ference is not due to spurious emis- available on the measuring equipment. sions. However, short term test trans- In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not missions may be made during the pe- equal, then the attenuation require- riod of suspended operation to deter- ment must be increased (or decreased) mine the efficacy of remedial meas- as determined by a factor of 10 log10 ures. [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega- (3) In each instance where suspension hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor of operation is required, the licensee indicates an increase in the attenu- must submit a full report to the FCC ation requirement and a negative fac- after operation is resumed. The report tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- must contain details of the nature of ation requirement. the interference, the source of inter- (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an fering signals, and the remedial steps application filed before March 17, 2005, taken to eliminate the interference. using equipment not conforming with [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 the emission limitations specified FR 50332, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, above, may continue to operate indefi- 1984; 49 FR 37777, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 48599, nitely in accordance with the terms of Nov. 26, 1985; 68 FR 12766, March 17, 2003.] their current authorizations, subject to periodic renewal. Existing equipment § 74.536 Directional antenna required. and equipment of product lines in pro- (a) Aural broadcast STL and ICR sta- duction before April 16, 2003, authorized tions are required to use a directional via certification or verification before antenna with the minimum beamwidth March 17, 2005, for equipment not con- necessary, consistent with good engi- forming to the emission limitations re- neering practice, to establish the link. quirements specified above, may con- (b) An aural broadcast STL or inter- tinue to be manufactured and/or mar- city relay station operating in the 17.7– keted, but may not be authorized for 19.7 GHz band shall employ an antenna use under a station license except at that meets the performance standards stations licensed pursuant to an appli- for Category A, except that in areas cation filed before March 17, 2005. Any not subject to frequency congestion, non-conforming equipment authorized antennas meeting standards for Cat- under a station license, and replaced on egory B may be employed. However, or after March 17, 2005, must be re- the Commission may require the replaced by conforming equipment. placement, at the licensee’s expense, of (e) The following limitations apply to any antenna or periscope antenna sys- the operation of aural broadcast micro- tem of a permanent fixed station that wave booster stations: does not meet performance Standard A,

458

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00468 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.537

which is specified in the table in para- (c) Licensees shall comply with the graph (c) of this section, upon a show- antenna standards table shown in this ing that said antenna causes or is like- paragraph in the following manner: ly to cause interference to (or receive (1) With either the maximum beam- interference from) any other author- width to 3 dB points requirement or ized or proposed station; provided that with the minimum antenna gain re- an antenna meeting performance quirement; and Standard A is unlikely to involve such (2) With the minimum radiation sup- interference. pression to angle requirement.

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (GHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

17.7 to 19.7 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwidth to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

[48 FR 50333, Nov. 1, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 51 FR 19840, June 3, 1986; 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003]

§ 74.537 Temporary authorizations. (d) A request for special temporary (a) Special temporary authority may authorization shall specify a frequency be granted for aural broadcast STL or or frequencies consistent with the pro- intercity relay station operation which visions of § 74.502. However, in the case cannot be conducted in accordance of events of widespread interest and with § 74.24. Such authority will nor- importance which cannot be trans- mally be granted only for operations of mitted successfully on these fre- a temporary nature. Where operation is quencies, frequencies assigned to other seen as likely on a continuing annual services may be requested upon a show- basis, an application for a regular au- ing that operation thereon will not thorization should be submitted. cause interference to established sta- (b) A request for special temporary tions. In no case will operation of an authority for the operation of an aural aural broadcast STL or intercity relay broadcast STL or an intercity relay station be authorized on frequencies station must be made in accordance employed for the safety of life or prop- with the procedures of § 1.931(b) of this erty. chapter. (e) When the transmitting equipment (c) All requests for special temporary utilized is not licensed to the user, the authority of an aural broadcast auxil- user shall nevertheless have full con- iary stations must include full particu- trol over the use of the equipment dur- lars including: licensee’s name and ad- ing the period it is operated. dress, facility identification number of (f) Special temporary authorization the associated broadcast station(s), call letters of the aural broadcast STL to permit operation of aural broadcast or intercity relay station, if assigned, STL or intercity relay stations or sys- type and manufacturer of equipment, tems pending FCC action on an appli- effective isotropic radiated power, cation for regular authority will nor- emission, frequency or frequencies pro- mally not be granted. posed for use, commencement and ter- [47 FR 9220, Mar. 4, 1982, as amended at 50 FR mination date and location of the pro- 23709, June 5, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; posed operation, and purpose for which 68 FR 12767, Mar. 17, 2003] request is made including any particular justification.

459

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00469 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.550 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.550 Equipment authorization. result in a facility that would be more costly to relocate. Each authorization for aural broadcast STL, ICR, and booster stations [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 shall require the use of equipment FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 54448, Dec. 3, which has been certificated or verified. 1982; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR Equipment which has not been ap- 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 65 FR 54172, Sept. 7, 2000; 68 proved under the equipment authoriza- FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, tion program and which was in service 2003; 68 FR 20225, Apr. 24, 2003; 69 FR 43772, prior to July 1, 1993, may be retained July 22, 2004] solely for temporary uses necessary to restore or maintain regular service § 74.561 Frequency tolerance. provided by approved equipment, be- In the bands above 944 MHz, the oper- cause the main or primary unit has ating frequency of the transmitter failed or requires servicing. Such tem- shall be maintained in accordance with porary uses may not interfere with or the following table:

impede the establishment of other Tolerance as aural broadcast auxiliary links and percentage of Frequency band (MHz) assigned fre- may not occur during more than 720 quency cumulative hours per year. Should interference occur, the licensee must 944 to 952 ...... 0 .005 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 0 .003 take all steps necessary to eliminate it, up to and including cessation of operation of the auxiliary transmitter. [54 FR 30043, July 18, 1989, as amended at 68 FR 12768, Mar. 17, 2003] All unapproved equipment retained for temporary use must have been in the § 74.562 Frequency monitors and possession of the licensee prior to July measurements. 1, 1993, and may not be obtained from The licensee shall ensure that the other sources. Equipment designed ex- STL, ICR, TVP, or booster transmitter clusively for fixed operation shall be does not exceed the emission limita- authorized under the verification pro- tions of § 74.535. This may be accom- cedure. The equipment authorization plished by appropriate frequency meas- procedures are contained in subpart J urement techniques and consideration of part 2 of the rules. of the transmitter emissions.

NOTE TO § 74.550: Consistent with the note [50 FR 48599, Nov. 26, 1985] to § 74.502(a), grandfathered equipment in the 942–944 MHz band and STL/ICR users of these § 74.564 Posting of station license. frequencies in Puerto Rico are also required (a) The station license and any other to come into compliance by July 1, 1993. The instrument of authorization or indi- backup provisions described above apply to vidual order concerning the construc- these stations also. tion of the equipment or manner of op- [63 FR 36604, July 7, 1998] eration of the station shall be posted in the room in which the transmitter is § 74.551 Equipment changes. located, provided that if the station is (a) Modifications may be made to an operated by remote control pursuant to existing authorization in accordance § 74.533, the station license shall be with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. posted at the operating position. (b) Permissible changes in equipment (b) Posting of the station license and operating in the bands 18.3–18.58, 18.76– any other instruments of authorization 18.82 GHz and 19.1–19.16 GHz. Notwith- shall be done by affixing the licenses to the wall at the posting location, or by standing other provisions of this sec- enclosing them in a binder or folder tion, licensees of stations that remain which is retained at the posting loca- co-primary under the provisions of tion so that the documents will be § 74.502(c) may not make modifications readily available and easily accessible. to their systems that increase interference to satellite earth stations, or [48 FR 24385, June 1, 1983, as amended at 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995]

460

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00470 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.601

§ 74.582 Station identification. Subpart F—Television Broadcast (a) Each aural broadcast STL or Auxiliary Stations intercity relay station, when transmitting program material or information § 74.600 Eligibility for license. shall transmit station identification at A license for a station in this subpart the beginning and end of each period of will be issued only to a television operation, and hourly, as close to the broadcast station, a Class A TV sta- hour as feasible, at a natural break in tion, a television broadcast network- program offerings by one of the fol- entity, a low power TV station, or a TV lowing means: translator station. (1) Transmission of its own call sign [ 65 FR 30011, May 10, 2000] by aural means or by automatic transmission of international Morse teleg- § 74.601 Classes of TV broadcast auxil- raphy. iary stations. (2) Aural transmission of the call (a) TV pickup stations. A land mobile sign of the radio broadcast station with station used for the transmission of TV which it is licensed as an STL or inter- program material and related commu- city relay station. nications from scenes of events occur- (3) Aural transmission of the call ring at points removed from TV station sign of the radio broadcast station studios to a TV broadcast, Class A TV whose signals are being relayed, or, or low power TV station or other pur- when programs are obtained directly poses as authorized in § 74.631. from network lines and relayed, the (b) TV STL station (studio-transmitter network identification. link). A fixed station used for the trans- (b) Station identification transmission of TV program material and missions during operation need not be related communications from the stu- made when to make such transmission dio to the transmitter of a TV broad- would interrupt a single consecutive cast, Class A TV or low power TV sta- speech, play, religious service, sym- tion or other purposes as authorized in phony concert, or other such produc- § 74.631. tions. In such cases, the identification (c) TV relay station. A fixed station transmission shall be made at the first used for transmission of TV program interruption of the entertainment con- material and related communications tinuity and at the conclusion thereof. for use by TV broadcast, Class A TV (c) Where more than one aural broad- and low power TV stations or other cast STL or intercity relay station is purposes as authorized in § 74.631. employed in an integrated relay sys- (d) TV translator relay station. A fixed tem, the station at the point of origi- station used for relaying programs and nation may originate the transmission signals of TV broadcast or Class A TV of the call signs of all of the stations in stations to Class A TV, LPTV, TV the relay system. translator, and to other communica- (d) Aural broadcast microwave boost- tions facilities that the Commission er stations will be assigned individual may authorize or for other purposes as call signs. However, station identifica- permitted by § 74.631. tion will be accomplished by the re- (e) TV broadcast licensee. Licensees transmission of identification as pro- and permittees of TV broadcast, Class vided in paragraph (a) of this section. A TV and low power TV stations, un- (e) Voice transmissions shall nor- less specifically otherwise indicated. mally be employed for station identi- (f) TV microwave booster station. A fication. However, other methods of fixed station in the TV broadcast auxil- station identification may be per- iary service that receives and amplifies mitted or required by the Commission. signals of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or TV translator relay station [28 FR 13716, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 42 and retransmits them on the same fre- FR 36830, July 18, 1977; 42 FR 38178, July 27, quency. 1977; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 49 FR 7130, Feb. 27, 1984] [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000]

461

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00471 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.602 Frequency assignment. described in paragraph (g) of this sec- (a) The following frequencies are tion. The band segment 6425–6525 MHz available for assignment to television is available for broadcast auxiliary sta- pickup, television STL, television tions as described in paragraph (i) of relay and television translator relay this section. Broadcast network-enti- stations. The band segments 17,700– ties may also use the 1990–2110, 6425– 18,580 and 19,260–19,700 MHz are avail- 6525 and 6875–7125 MHz bands for mobile able for broadcast auxiliary stations as television pickup only.

Band D 1 GHz Group A channels Group B channels Band A MHz Band B MHz Channel bound- Channel bound- Designation aries Designation aries

1990–2008 ...... A01 ...... 12.700–12.725 B01 ...... 12.7125– 12.7375 2008–2025 ...... A02 ...... 12.725–12.750 B02 ...... 12.7375– 12.7625 2025–2042 ...... A03 ...... 12.750–12.775 B03 ...... 12.7625– 12.7875 2042–2059 ...... A04 ...... 12.775–12.800 B04 ...... 12.7875– 12.8125 2059–2076 ...... 6875–6900 ...... A05 ...... 12.800–12.825 B05 ...... 12.8125– 12.8375 2076–2093 ...... 6900–6925 ...... A06 ...... 12.825–12.850 B06 ...... 12.8375– 12.8625 2093–2110 ...... 6925–6950 ...... A07 ...... 12.850–12.875 B07 ...... 12.8625– 12.8875 2450–2467 ...... 6950–6975 ...... A08 ...... 12.875–12.900 B08 ...... 12.8875– 12.9125 2467–2483.5 ...... 6975–7000 ...... A09 ...... 12.900–12.925 B09 ...... 12.9125– 12.9375 7000–7025 ...... A10 ...... 12.925–12.950 B10 ...... 12.9375– 12.9625 7025–7050 ...... A11 ...... 12.950–12.975 B11 ...... 12.9625– 12.9875 7050–7075 ...... A12 ...... 12.975–13.000 B12 ...... 12.9875– 12.0125 7075–7100 ...... A13 ...... 13.000–13.025 B13 ...... 13.0125– 13.0375 7100–7125 ...... A14 ...... 13.025–13.050 B14 ...... 13.0375– 13.0625 A15 ...... 13.050–13.075 B15 ...... 13.0625– 13.0875 A16 ...... 13.075–13.100 B16 ...... 13.0875– 13.1125 A17 ...... 13.100–13.125 B17 ...... 13.1125– 13.1375 A18 ...... 13.125–13.150 B18 2 ...... 13.1375– 13.1625 A19 2 ...... 13.150–13.175 B19 2 ...... 13.1625– 13.1875 A20 2 ...... 13.175–13.200 B20 2 ...... 13.1875– 13.2125 A21 ...... 13.200–13.225 B21 ...... 13.2125– 13.2375 A22 ...... 13.225–13.250 1 For fixed stations using Band D Channels, applicants are encouraged to use alternate A and B channels such that adjacent R.F. carriers are spaced 12.5 MHz. As example, a fixed station, relaying several channels, would use A01, B01, A02, B02, A03, etc. 2 The band 13.15–13.20 GHz is reserved for television pickup and CARS pickup stations inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations, CARS stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a primary co- equal basis. The band 13.20–13.2125 GHz is reserved for television pickup stations on a primary basis and CARS pickup stations on a secondary basis inside a 50 km radius of the 100 television markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter. Outside a 50 km radius of the 100 markets delineated in § 76.51 of this chapter, television pickup stations and NGSO FSS gateway earth stations shall operate on a co-primary basis, CARS stations shall operate on a secondary basis. Fixed television auxiliary stations licensed pursuant to applications accepted for filing before September 1, 1979, may continue operation on channels in the 13.15–13.25 GHz band, subject to periodic license renewals. NGSO FSS gateway uplink transmissions in the 13.15–13.2125 GHz segment shall be limited to a maximum EIRP of 3.2 dBW towards 0 degrees on the radio horizon. These provisions shall not apply to GSO FSS operations in the 12.75–13.25 GHz band.

462

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00472 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

(1) Frequencies shown above between 2025.275–2025.300 MHz 2450 and 2500 MHz in Band A are allo- 2025.300–2025.325 MHz cated to accommodate the incidental 2025.325–2025.350 MHz 2025.350–2025.375 MHz radiations of industrial, scientific, and 2025.375–2025.400 MHz medical (ISM) equipment, and stations 2025.400–2025.425 MHz operating therein must accept any in- 2025.425–2025.450 MHz terference that may be caused by the 2025.450–2025.475 MHz operation of such equipment. Fre- 2025.475–2025.500 MHz quencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz are Upper band DRL channels also shared with other communication services and exclusive channel assign- 2109.500–2109.525 MHz ments will not be made, nor is the 2109.525–2109.550 MHz channeling shown above necessarily 2109.550–2109.575 MHz 2109.575–2109.600 MHz that which will be employed by such 2109.600–2109.625 MHz other services. 2109.625–2109.650 MHz (2) In the band 2483.5–2500 MHz, no ap- 2109.650–2109.675 MHz plications for new stations or modifica- 2109.675–2109.700 MHz tion to existing stations to increase 2109.700–2109.725 MHz the number of transmitters will be ac- 2109.725–2109.750 MHz cepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 2109.750–2109.775 MHz 2109.775–2109.800 MHz 1985, and licensees whose initial appli- 2109.800–2109.825 MHz cations were filed on or before July 25, 2109.825–2109.850 MHz 1985, are grandfathered and their oper- 2109.850–2109.875 MHz ations are on a co-primary basis with 2109.875–2109.900 MHz the mobile-satellite and radiodetermin- 2109.900–2109.925 MHz ation-satellite services, and in the seg- 2109.925–2109.950 MHz ment 2495–2500 MHz, their operations 2109.950–2109.975 MHz are also on a co-primary basis with 2109.975–2110.000 MHz part 27 fixed and mobile except aero- (iii) Broadcast Auxiliary Service, nautical mobile service operations. Cable Television Remote Pickup Serv- (3)(i) After January 7, 2004, stations ice, and Local Television Transmission may adhere to the channel plan speci- Service licensees will be required to fied in paragraph (a) of this section, or use the Band A channel plan in para- the following channel plan in Band A: graph (a)(3)(i) of this section after completion of relocation by an Emerging Channel A1r—2025.5–2037.5 MHz Channel A2r—2037.5–2049.5 MHz Technologies licensee in accordance Channel A3r—2049.5–2061.5 MHz with § 74.690 or § 78.40. Licensees declin- Channel A4—2061.5–2073.5 MHz ing relocation may continue to use Channel A5r—2073.5–2085.5 MHz their existing channel plan but must Channel A6r—2085.5–2097.5 MHz discontinue use of the 1990–2025 MHz Channel A7r—2097.5–2109.5 MHz band when they indicate to an Emerg- (ii) Stations adhering to the channel ing Technologies licensee, acting pur- plan specified in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of suant to § 74.690 or § 78.40 of this chap- this section may also use the following ter, that they decline to be relocated. 40 data return link (DRL) channels to (4) [Reserved] facilitate their operations in the 2025.5– (b) Subject to the conditions of para- 2109.5 MHz band: graph (a) of this section, frequency assignments will normally be made as re- Lower band DRL channels quested, provided that the frequency 2025.000–2025.025 MHz selection provisions of § 74.604 have 2025.025–2025.050 MHz been followed and that the frequency 2025.050–2025.075 MHz requested will cause no interference to 2025.075–2025.100 MHz existing users in the area. The Com- 2025.100–2025.125 MHz mission reserves the right to assign 2025.125–2025.150 MHz frequencies other than those requested 2025.150–2025.175 MHz 2025.175–2025.200 MHz if, in its opinion, such action is war- 2025.200–2025.225 MHz ranted. 2025.225–2025.250 MHz (c) Fixed link stations will be author- 2025.250–2025.275 MHz ized to operate on one channel only.

463

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00473 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.602 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(d) Cable Television Relay Service ject to the provisions of §§ 101.85 stations may be assigned channels in through 101.97 of this chapter. No new Band D between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz applications for new licenses will be ac- subject to the condition that no harm- cepted in the 19.26–19.3 GHz band after ful interference is caused to TV STL June 8, 2000, and no new applications and TV relay stations authorized at for new licenses will be accepted in the the time of such grants. Similarly, new 18.3–18.58 GHz band after November 19, TV STL and TV relay stations must 2002. The provisions of § 74.604 do not not cause harmful interference to cable apply to the use of these frequencies. television relay stations authorized at Licensees may use either a two-way the time of such grants. The use of link or one or both frequencies of a fre- channels between 12,700 and 13,200 MHz quency pair for a one-way link and by TV pickup stations is subject to the shall coordinate proposed operations condition that no harmful interference pursuant to procedures required in is caused to Cable Television Relay § 101.103(d) of this chapter. Service stations, TV STL and TV relay (1) 2 MHz maximum authorized band- stations, except as provided for in width channel: § 74.602(a) Note 2. Band D channels are Receive also shared with certain Private Oper- Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) ational Fixed Stations, see § 74.638. (MHz) (e) Communication common carriers 18141.0 ...... n/a in the Local Television Transmission Service (Part 101) may be assigned fre- (2) 6 MHz maximum authorized band- quencies available to television broad- width channels: cast station licensees and broadcast network entities for the purpose of pro- Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) viding service to television broadcast (MHz) stations and broadcast network entities, respectively. 216 MHz Separation (f) TV auxiliary stations licensed to 18145.0 ...... n/a low power TV stations and translator 18151.0 ...... 18367.0 relay stations will be assigned on a sec- 18157.0 ...... 18373.0 ondary basis, i.e., subject to the condi- 18163.0 ...... 18379.0 18169.0 ...... 18385.0 tion that no harmful interference is 18175.0 ...... 18391.0 caused to other TV auxiliary stations 18181.0 ...... 18397.0 assigned to TV broadcast stations, or 18187.0 ...... 18403.0 to cable television relay service sta- 18193.0 ...... 18409.0 18199.0 ...... 18415.0 tions (CARS) operating between 12,700 18205.0 ...... 18421.0 and 13,200 MHz. Auxiliary stations li- 18211.0 ...... 18427.0 censed to low power TV stations and 18217.0 ...... 18433.0 translator relay stations must accept 18223.0 ...... 18439.0 18229.0 ...... 18445.0 any interference caused by stations 18235.0 ...... 18451.0 having primary use of TV auxiliary fre- 18241.0 ...... 18457.0 quencies. 18247.0 ...... 18463.0 18253.0 ...... 18469.0 (g) The following frequencies are 18259.0 ...... 18475.0 available for assignment to television 18265.0 ...... 18481.0 STL, television relay stations and tele- 18271.0 ...... 18487.0 vision translator relay stations. Sta- 18277.0 ...... 18493.0 18283.0 ...... 18499.0 tions operating on frequencies in the 18289.0 ...... 18505.0 sub-bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 18295.0 ...... 18511.0 GHz that were licensed or had applica- 18301.0 ...... 18517.0 18307.0 ...... 18523.0 tions pending before the Commission as 18313.0 ...... 18529.0 of September 18, 1998 may continue 18319.0 ...... 18535.0 those operations on a shared co-pri- 18325.0 ...... 18541.0 mary basis with other services under 18331.0 ...... 18547.0 18337.0 ...... 18553.0 parts 21, 25, 78, and 101 of this chapter. 18343.0 ...... 18559.0 Such stations, however, are subject to 18349.0 ...... 18565.0 relocation by licensees in the fixed-sat- 18355.0 ...... 18571.0 ellite service. Such relocation is sub- 18361.0 ...... 18577.0

464

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00474 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.602

(3) 10 MHz maximum authorized Receive bandwidth channels: Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz)

Receive 17970.0 ...... 19530.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) 17990.0 ...... 19550.0 18010.0 ...... 19570.0 1560 MHz Separation 18030.0 ...... 19590.0 18050.0 ...... 19610.0 17705.0 ...... 19265.0 18070.0 ...... 19630.0 17715.0 ...... 19275.0 18090.0 ...... 19650.0 17725.0 ...... 19285.0 18110.0 ...... 19670.0 17735.0 ...... 19295.0 18130.0 ...... 19690.0 17745.0 ...... 19305.0 17755.0 ...... 19315.0 (5) 40 MHz maximum authorized 17765.0 ...... 19325.0 17775.0 ...... 19335.0 bandwidth channels: 17785.0 ...... 19345.0 17795.0 ...... 19355.0 Receive 17805.0 ...... 19365.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) 17815.0 ...... 19375.0 (MHz) 17825.0 ...... 19385.0 17835.0 ...... 19395.0 1560 MHz Separation 17845.0 ...... 19405.0 17720.0 ...... 19280.0 17855.0 ...... 19415.0 17865.0 ...... 19425.0 17760.0 ...... 19320.0 17875.0 ...... 19435.0 17800.0 ...... 19360.0 17885.0 ...... 19445.0 17840.0 ...... 19400.0 17895.0 ...... 19455.0 17880.0 ...... 19440.0 17905.0 ...... 19465.0 17920.0 ...... 19480.0 17915.0 ...... 19475.0 17960.0 ...... 19520.0 17925.0 ...... 19485.0 18000.0 ...... 19560.0 17935.0 ...... 19495.0 18040.0 ...... 19600.0 17945.0 ...... 19505.0 18080.0 ...... 19640.0 17955.0 ...... 19515.0 18120.0 ...... 19680.0 17965.0 ...... 19525.0 17975.0 ...... 19535.0 (6) 80 MHz maximum authorized 17985.0 ...... 19545.0 17995.0 ...... 19555.0 bandwidth channels: 18005.0 ...... 19565.0 18015.0 ...... 19575.0 Receive 18025.0 ...... 19585.0 Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) (MHz) 18035.0 ...... 19595.0 18045.0 ...... 19605.0 1560 MHz Separation 18055.0 ...... 19615.0 18065.0 ...... 19625.0 17740.0 ...... 19300.0 18075.0 ...... 19635.0 17820.0 ...... 19380.0 18085.0 ...... 19645.0 17900.0 ...... 19460.0 18095.0 ...... 19655.0 17980.0 ...... 19540.0 18105.0 ...... 19665.0 18060.0 ...... 19620.0 18115.0 ...... 19675.0 18125.0 ...... 19685.0 18135.0 ...... 19695.0 (h) TV STL, TV relay stations, and TV translator relay stations may be (4) 20 MHz maximum authorized authorized to operate fixed point-to- bandwidth channels: point service on the UHF TV channels 14–69 on a secondary basis and subject Receive Transmit (receive) (MHz) (transmit) to the provisions of subpart G of this (MHz) part: 1560 MHz Separation (1) Applications for authorization in accordance with this paragraph must 17710.0 ...... 19270.0 comply with the following technical 17730.0 ...... 19290.0 17750.0 ...... 19310.0 limits or be accompanied by an engi- 17770.0 ...... 19330.0 neering analysis demonstrating why 17790.0 ...... 19350.0 these limits must be exceeded: 17810.0 ...... 19370.0 (i) Maximum EIRP is limited to 35 17830.0 ...... 19390.0 17850.0 ...... 19410.0 dBW; 17870.0 ...... 19430.0 (ii) Transmitting antenna beamwidth 17890.0 ...... 19450.0 is limited to 25 degrees (measured at 17910.0 ...... 19470.0 17930.0 ...... 19490.0 the 3 dB points); and 17950.0 ...... 19510.0 (iii) Vertical polarization is used.

465

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00475 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.603 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(2) These stations must not interfere Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) with and must accept interference from current and future full-power UHF-TV 6430.0 6480.0 6438.0 6488.0 stations, LPTV stations, and trans- 6446.0 6596.0 lator stations. They will also be sec- 6455.0 6505.0 ondary to land mobile stations in areas 6463.0 6513.0 where land mobile sharing is currently 6471.0 6521.0 permitted. (3) 25 MHz maximum authorized (3) TV STL and TV relay stations li- bandwidth channels. censed for operation on UHF TV channels 52–69 based on applications filed Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit (MHz) before April 16, 2003, may continue to operate under the terms of their cur- 6437.5 6487.5 6462.5 6512.5 rent authorizations until the end of transition to digital television in their market (DTV Transition), as set forth (Secs. 4, 5, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, in §§ 73.622 through 73.625 of this chap- 1068, 1082; 47 U.S.C. 154, 155, 303) ter. Applications for TV STL and TV [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963]

relay stations operating on UHF TV EDITORIAL NOTE: For FEDERAL REGISTER ci- channels 52–69 will not be accepted for tations affecting § 74.602, see the List of CFR filing on or after April 16, 2003. Sections Affected, which appears in the (4) TV translator relay stations li- Finding Aids section of the printed volume censed for operation on UHF TV chan- and on GPO Access. nels 52–59 based on applications filed § 74.603 Sound channels. before the end of DTV transition may continue to operate under the terms of (a) The frequencies listed in § 74.602(a) their current authorizations indefi- may be used for the simultaneous nitely. TV translator relay stations li- transmission of the picture and sound censed for operation on UHF TV chan- portions of TV broadcast programs and nels 60–69 based on applications filed for cue and order circuits, either by before the end of DTV transition may means of multiplexing or by the use of continue to operate under the terms of a separate transmitter within the same their current authorizations until the channel. When multiplexing of a TV end of DTV Transition. Applications STL station is contemplated, consideration should be given to the require- for TV translator relay stations oper- ments of § 73.687 of this Chapter regard- ating on UHF TV channels 52–69 will ing the overall system performance re- not be accepted for filing on or after quirements. Applications for new TV the end of DTV Transition. pickup, TV STL, TV relay and TV (i) 6425 to 6525 MHz—Mobile Only. translator relay stations shall clearly Paired and un-paired operations per- indicate the nature of any mutliplexing mitted. Use of this spectrum for direct proposed. Multiplexing equipment may delivery of video programs to the gen- be installed on licensed equipment eral public or multi-channel cable dis- without authority of the FCC, provided tribution is not permitted. This band is the installation of such apparatus on a co-equally shared with mobile stations TV STL station shall not result in deg- licensed pursuant to parts 78 and 101 of radation of the overall system perform- this chapter. The following channel ance of the TV broadcast station below plans apply. that permitted by § 73.687 of this chap- (1) 1 MHz maximum authorized band- ter. width channels. (b) [Reserved] (c) Aural STL or intercity relay sta- Transmit (or receive MHz) Receive (or transmit) (MHz) tions licensed as of July 10, 1970, to op- 6425.5 6475.5 erate in the frequency band 942–947 6450.5 6500.5 MHz, may continue to so operate pending a decision as to their disposition (2) 8 MHz maximum authorized band- through a future rule making pro- width channels. ceeding.

466

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00476 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.631

(d) Remote pickup broadcast stations of program material, orders concerning may be used in conjunction with tele- such program material, and related vision pickup stations for the trans- communications necessary to the ac- mission of the aural portion of tele- complishment of such transmissions, vision programs or events that occur from the scenes of events occurring in outside a television studio and for the places other than a television studio, transmission of cues, orders, and other to its associated television broadcast related communications necessary station, to an associated television thereto. The rules governing remote relay station, to such other stations as pickup broadcast stations are con- are broadcasting the same program tained in Subpart D of this part. material, or to the network or networks with which the television broad- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 FR 55936, Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 24385, June 1, cast station is affiliated. Television 1983; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] pickup stations may be operated in conjunction with other television § 74.604 Interference avoidance. broadcast stations not aformentioned (a) [Reserved] in this paragraph: Provided, That the (b) Where two or more licensees are transmissions by the television pickup assigned a common channel for TV station are under the control of the li- pickup, TV STL, or TV relay purposes censee of the television pickup station in the same area and simultaneous op- and that such operation shall not ex- eration is contemplated, they shall ceed a total of 10 days in any 30-day pe- take such steps as may be necessary to riod. Television pickup stations may be avoid mutual interference, including used to provide temporary studio- consultation with the local coordina- transmitter links or intercity relay tion committee, if one exists. If a mu- circuits consistent with § 74.632 without tual agreement to this effect cannot be further authority of the Commission: reached, the Commission must be noti- Provided, however, That prior Commis- fied and it will take such action as may sion authority shall be obtained if the be necessary, including time sharing transmitting antenna to be installed arrangements, to assure an equitable will increase the height of any natural distribution of available frequencies. formation or man-made structure by (c) For those interference disputes more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) and will brought to the Commission for resolu- be in existence for a period of more tion, TV broadcast auxiliary channels than 2 consecutive days. will have the following priority for pur- NOTE: As used in this subpart, ‘‘associated poses of interference protection: television broadcast station’’ means a tele- (1) All fixed links for full service vision broadcast station licensed to the li- broadcast stations and cable systems. censee of the television auxiliary broadcast (2) TV and CARS pickup stations. station and with which the television auxil- (3) Fixed or mobile stations serving iary station is licensed as an auxiliary facil- translator or low power TV stations. ity. (4) Backup facilities; TV pickup sta- (b) A television broadcast STL stations used outside a licensee’s local tion is authorized to transmit visual service area. program material between the studio (5) Any transmission, pursuant to and the transmitter of a television § 74.631(f), that does not involve the de- broadcast station for simultaneous or livery of program material to a licens- delayed broadcast. ee’s associated TV broadcast station. (c) A TV relay station is authorized (d) Interference between two stations to transmit visual program material having the same priority shall be re- between TV broadcast stations for si- solved in favor of the station licensed multaneous or delayed broadcast, or first on a particular path. may be used to transmit visual pro- [48 FR 17091, Apr. 21, 1983, as amended at 68 gram material from a remote pickup FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] receiver site of a single station. (d) The transmitter of an STL, TV § 74.631 Permissible service. relay station or TV translator relay (a) The licensee of a television pick- station may be multiplexed to provide up station authorizes the transmission additional communication channels. A

467

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00477 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.631 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

TV broadcast STL or TV relay station of-operation, notify the appropriate will be authorized only in those cases frequency coordinatioin committee or where the principal use is the trans- any licensee(s) assigned the use of the mission of television broadcast pro- proposed operating frequency, con- gram material for use by its associated cerning the particulars of the intended TV broadcast station. However, STL or operation and must provide the name TV relay stations so licensed may be and telephone number of a person who operated at any time for the trans- may be contacted in the event of inter- mission of multiplexed communica- ference. tions whether or not visual program (g) Except as provided in paragraph material is being transmitted, provided (d) of this section, a television trans- that such operation does not cause lator relay station is authorized for the harmful interference to TV broadcast pickup, STL or TV relay stations purpose of relaying the programs and transmitting television broadcast pro- signals of a television broadcast sta- gram material. tion to television broadcast translator (e) Except as provided in paragraphs stations for simultaneous retrans- (a), (d), (f) and (j) of this section, all mission. program material transmitted over a (h) A TV microwave booster station TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station is authorized to retransmit the signals shall be used by or intended for use by of a TV pickup, TV STL, TV relay, or a TV broadcast station owned by or TV translator relay station. under the common control of the li- (i) TV broadcast auxiliary stations censee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV authorized pursuant to this subpart relay station. Program material trans- may additionally be authorized to sup- mitted over a TV pickup, STL or TV ply programs and signals of TV broad- relay station and so used by the li- cast stations to cable television sys- censee of such facility may, with the tems or CARS stations. Where the li- permission of the licensee of the broad- censee of a TV broadcast auxiliary sta- cast auxiliary facility, be used by other tion supplies programs and signals to TV broadcast stations and by non- cable television systems or CARS sta- broadcast closed circuit educational tions, the TV auxiliary licensee must TV systems operated by educational have exclusive control over the oper- institutions. ation of the TV auxiliary stations li- (f) A TV broadcast pickup, STL, or TV relay station may be used for the censed to it. Contributions to capital transmission of material to be used by and operating expenses may be accept- others, including but not limited to ed only on a cost-sharing, non-profit other broadcast stations, cable tele- basis, prorated on an equitable basis vision systems, and educational insti- among all parties being supplied with tutions. This use shall not interfere program material. with the use of these broadcast auxil- (j) A broadcast network-entity may iary facilities for the transmission of use television auxiliary service sta- programs and associated material in- tions to transmit their own television tended to be used by the television sta- program materials to broadcast station or stations licensed to or under tions, other broadcast network-enti- common control of the licensee of the ties, cable systems and cable network- TV pickup, STL, or TV relay station. entities: Provided, however, that the This use of the broadcast auxiliary fa- bands 1990–2110 MHz, 6425–6525 MHz and cilities must not cause harmful inter- 6875–7125 MHz may be used by broad- ference to broadcast auxiliary stations cast network-entities only for tele- operating in accordance with the basic vision pick-up stations. frequency allocation, and the licensee of the TV pickup, STL, or TV relay [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 29 station must retain exclusive control FR 15524, Nov. 19, 1964; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, over the operation of the facilities. 1978; 44 FR 32381, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Prior to operating pursuant to the pro- Dec. 14, 1982; 48 FR 17092, Apr. 21, 1983; 49 FR visions of this section, the licensee 7130, Feb. 27, 1984; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 68 shall, for the intended location or area- FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003]

468

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00478 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.633

§ 74.632 Licensing requirements. qualified under the Communication Act of 1934, as amended. (a) Licenses for television pickup, television STL, television microwave (f) Licensees of TV pickup, TV STL, booster, or television relay stations TV relay, and TV translator relay sta- will be issued only to licensees of tele- tions may be authorized to operate one vision broadcast stations, and broad- or more TV microwave booster stations cast network-entities and, further, on a for the purpose of relaying signals over secondary basis, to licensees of low a path that cannot be covered with a power television stations. A separate single station. application is required for each fixed (g) In case of permanent discontinu- station and the application shall be ance of operations of a station licensed specific with regard to the frequency under this subpart, the licensee shall requested. A mobile station license cancel the station license using FCC may be issued for any number of mo- Form 601. For purposes of this section, bile transmitters to operate in a spe- a station which is not operated for a cific area or frequency band and the ap- period of one year is considered to have plicant shall be specific with regard to been permanently discontinued. the frequencies requested. [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 44 (b) A license for a TV relay station FR 32382, June 6, 1979; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, may be issued in any case where the 1982; 48 FR 9012, Mar. 3, 1983; 48 FR 17092, Apr. circuit will operate between TV broad- 21, 1983; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 7130, cast stations either by means of ‘‘off- Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 10930, Mar. 23, 1984; 52 FR the-air’’ pickup and relay or location of 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 63 the initial relay station at the studio FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] or transmitter of a TV broadcast station. § 74.633 Temporary authorizations. (c) An application for a new TV pickup station shall designate the TV (a) Special temporary authority may broadcast station with which it is to be be granted for TV broadcast auxiliary operated and specify the area in which station operation which cannot be con- the proposed operation is intended. The ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such maximum permissible area of oper- authority will normally be granted ation will generally be that of a stand- only for operations of a temporary na- ard metropolitan area, unless a special ture. Where operation is seen as likely showing is made that a larger area is on a continuing annual basis, an appli- necessary. cation for a regular authorization (d) Licensees who have two or more should be submitted. TV broadcast stations located in dif- (b) A request for special temporary ferent cities shall, in applying for a authority for the operation of a tele- new TV pickup station, designate the vision broadcast auxiliary station must TV broadcast station in conjunction be made in accordance with the proce- with which it is to be operated prin- dures of § 1.931(b) of this chapter. cipally. Operation in a city which is (c) All requests for special temporary not the city of license of the associated authority of a television broadcast TV broadcast station is on a secondary, auxiliary station must include full par- non-interference basis to home-city ticulars including: licensee’s name and users. address, facility identification number (e) A license for a TV translator of the associated broadcast station(s) relay station will be issued only to li- (if any), call letters of the television censees of low power TV and TV trans- broadcast STL or intercity relay sta- lator stations. However, a television tion (if assigned), type and manufac- translator relay station license may be turer of equipment, effective isotropic issued to a cooperative enterprise radiated power, emission, frequency or wholly owned by licensees of television frequencies proposed for use, com- broadcast translators or licensees of mencement and termination date and television broadcast translators and location of the proposed operation, and cable television owners or operators purpose for which request is made in- upon a showing that the applicant is cluding any particular justification.

469

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00479 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.634 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(d) A request for special temporary such action appears to be in the public authority shall specify a channel or interest, convenience and necessity. channels consistent with the provisions [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at, 47 of § 74.602: Provided, That in the case of FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, events of wide-spread interest and im- 1985; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] portance which cannot be transmitted successfully on these frequencies, fre- § 74.635 Unattended operation. quencies assigned to other services (a) TV relay stations, TV translator may be requested upon a showing that relay stations, TV STL stations, and operation thereon will not cause inter- TV microwave booster stations may be ference to established stations: And operated unattended under the fol- provided further, That in no case will a lowing conditions: television auxiliary broadcast oper- (1) The transmitter must be provided ation be authorized on frequencies em- with adequate safeguards to prevent ployed for the safety of life and prop- improper operation. erty. (2) The transmitter shall be so in- (e) When the transmitting equipment stalled and protected that it is not ac- utilized is not licensed to the user, the cessible to other than duly authorized user shall nevertheless have full con- persons; trol over the use of the equipment dur- (3) TV relay stations, TV STL stations, TV translator relay stations, and ing the period it is operated. TV microwave booster stations used (f) Special temporary authority to with these stations, shall be observed permit operation of a TV auxiliary at the receiving end of the microwave broadcast station of any class pending circuit as often as necessary to ensure FCC action on an application for reg- proper station operation by a person ular authority will not normally be designated by the licensee, who must granted. institute measures sufficient to ensure (Sec. 318, 48 Stat. 1089, as amended; 47 U.S.C. prompt correction of any condition of 318) improper operation. However, an STL station (and any TV microwave booster [28 FR 13720, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 station) associated with a TV broad- FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, cast station operated by remote con- 1982; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 10570, Apr. 2, 1987; 58 FR 19775, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR trol may be observed by monitoring 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] the TV station’s transmitted signal at the remote control point. Additionally, § 74.634 Remote control operation. a TV translator relay station (and any associated TV microwave booster sta- (a) A TV auxiliary station may be op- tion) may be observed by monitoring erated by remote control provided that the associated TV translator station’s such operation is conducted in accord- transmitted signal. ance with the conditions listed below: (b) The FCC may notify the licensee (1) The remote control system must to cease or modify operation in the be designed, installed, and protected so case of frequency usage disputes, inter- that the transmitter can only be acti- ference or similar situations where vated or controlled by persons author- such action appears to be in the public ized by the licensee. interest, convenience and necessity. (2) The remote control equipment must be maintained to ensure proper [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 31 FR 15314, Dec. 7, 1966; 43 FR 1950, Jan. 13, operation. 1978; 47 FR 55937, Dec. 14, 1982; 49 FR 7131, (3) The remote control system must Feb. 27, 1984; 50 FR 32417, Aug. 12, 1985] be designed to prevent inadvertent transmitter operation caused by mal- § 74.636 Power limitations. functions in the circuits between the (a) On any authorized frequency, control point and transmitter. transmitter peak output power and the (b) The FCC may notify the licensee average power delivered to an antenna to cease or modify operation in the in this service must be the minimum case of frequency usage disputes. inter- amount of power necessary to carry ference or similar situations where out the communications desired and

470

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00480 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.637

shall not exceed the values listed in the 100% of the authorized bandwidth: At following table. Application of this least 25 dB in any 100 kHz reference principle includes, but is not to be lim- bandwidth (BREF); ited to, requiring a licensee who re- (ii) On any frequency removed from places one or more of its antennas with the assigned (center) frequency by larger antennas to reduce its antenna more than 100% up to and including input power by an amount appropriate 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At to compensate for the increased pri- least 35 dB in any 100 kHz reference mary lobe gain of the replacement an- bandwidth; tenna(s). In no event shall the average (iii) On any frequency removed from equivalent isotropically radiated power the assigned (center) frequency by (EIRP), as referenced to an isotropic more than 250% of the authorized band- radiator, exceed the values specified in width: At least 43+10 log10 (PMEAN in the following table. In cases of harmful watts) dB, or 80 dB, whichever is the interference, the Commission may, lesser attenuation, in any 100 kHz ref- after notice and opportunity for hear- erence bandwidth. ing, order a change in the effective ra- (2) When using transmissions employ- diated power of this station. The table ing digital modulation techniques: follows: (i) For operating frequencies below 15 GHz, in any 4 kHz reference bandwidth Max- Maximum al- imum lowable (BREF), the center frequency of which is allow- EIRP 2 removed from the assigned frequency able trans- by more than 50 percent up to and in- Frequency band (MHz) mitter cluding 250 percent of the authorized power Fixed Mo- (dBW) bile bandwidth: As specified by the fol- Mobile (dBW) lowing equation but in no event less (W) than 50 decibels: 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 12.0 +45 +35 ¥ 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 12.0 +45 +35 A = 35 + 0.8 (G 50) + 10 Log10 B. 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 12.0 ...... +35 (Attenuation greater than 80 decibels is 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 12.0 +55 +35 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1.5 +55 +45 not required.) 17,700 to 18,600 ...... +55 ...... 18,600 to 18,800 1 ...... +35 ...... Where: 18,800 to 19,700 ...... +55 ...... A = Attenuation (in decibels) below the mean 1 The power delivered to the antenna is limited to ¥3 dBW. output power level. 2 Stations licensed based on an application filed before April G = Percent removed from the carrier fre- 16, 2003, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, quency. may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to periodic B = Authorized bandwidth in megahertz. renewal. (ii) For operating frequencies above (b) The EIRP of transmitters that 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz reference band- use Automatic Transmitter Power Con- width (BREF), the center frequency of trol (ATPC) shall not exceed the EIRP which is removed from the assigned specified on the station authorization. frequency by more than 50 percent up The EIRP of non-ATPC transmitters to and including 250 percent of the au- shall be maintained as near as prac- thorized bandwidth: As specified by the ticable to the EIRP specified on the following equation but in no event less station authorization. than 11 decibels:

[68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, 2003] A = 11 + 0.4 (G¥50) + 10 Log10 B. § 74.637 Emissions and emission limi- (Attenuation greater than 56 decibels is tations. not required.) (a) The mean power of emissions (iii) In any 4 kHz reference bandwidth shall be attenuated below the mean (BREF), the center frequency of which is transmitter power (PMEAN) in accord- removed from the assigned frequency ance with the following schedule: by more than 250 percent of the author- (1) When using frequency modulation: ized bandwidth: At least 43 +10 Log10 (i) On any frequency removed from (PMEAN in watts) decibels, or 80 deci- the assigned (center) frequency by bels, whichever is the lesser attenu- more than 50% up to and including ation.

471

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00481 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.637 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(3) Amplitude Modulation. For ves- prising the digital necessary band- tigial sideband AM video: On any fre- width(s), the analog necessary band- quency removed from the center fre- width(s), and any bandwidth(s) between quency of the authorized band by more the digital and analog necessary than 50%: at least 50 dB below peak bandwidths. In this case, the aggregate power of the emission. bandwidth shall be used for the author- (b) For all emissions not covered in ized bandwidth (B) in paragraph (a) of paragraph (a) of this section, the peak this section, and for purposes of com- power of emissions shall be attenuated pliance with the bandwidth limitations below the peak envelope transmitter in paragraph (g) of this section and in power (PPEAK) in accordance with the § 74.602 of this subpart; and the sum of following schedule: the powers of the analog and digital (1) On any frequency 500 Hz inside the signals shall be used for mean trans- channel edge up to and including 2500 mitter power (PMEAN) in paragraph (a) Hz outside the same edge, the following or the peak envelope transmitter power formula will apply: (PPEAK) in paragraph (b) of this section, 2 and for purposes of compliance with A = 29 Log10 [(25/11)[(D + 2.5 ¥ (W/2)] ] dB the power limitations in § 74.636 of this subpart. (Attenuation greater than 50 decibels is (3) For demonstrating compliance not required.) with the attenuation requirements for Where: frequency modulation and digital mod- A = Attenuation (in dB) below the peak enve- ulation in paragraph (a) of this section, lope transmitter power. the resolution bandwidth (BRES) of the D = The displacement frequency (kHz) from measuring equipment used for meas- the center of the authorized bandwidth. urements removed from the center fre- W = the channel bandwidth (kHz). quency by more than 250 percent of the (2) On any frequency removed from authorized bandwidth shall be 100 kHz the channel edge by more than 2500 Hz: for operating frequencies below 1 GHz, At least 43 + 10 Log10 (PPEAK in watts) and 1 MHz for operating frequencies dB. above 1 GHz. The resolution bandwidth (c) For purposes of compliance with for frequencies removed from the cen- the emission limitation requirements ter frequency by less than 250 percent of this section: of the authorized bandwidth shall be (1) If the transmitter modulates a the reference bandwidth (BREF) speci- single carrier, digital modulation tech- fied in the individual emission limita- niques are considered as being em- tions, but may be reduced to not less ployed when digital modulation occu- than one percent of the authorized pies 50 percent or more of the total bandwidth (B), adjusted upward to the peak frequency deviation of a trans- nearest greater resolution bandwidth mitted radio frequency carrier. The available on the measuring equipment. total peak frequency deviation will be In all cases, if BRES and BREF are not determined by adding the deviation equal, then the attenuation require- produced by the digital modulation sig- ment must be increased (or decreased) nal and the deviation produced by any as determined by a factor of 10 log10 frequency division multiplex (FDM) [(BREF in megahertz)/(BRES in mega- modulation used. The deviation (D) hertz)] decibels, where a positive factor produced by the FDM signal must be indicates an increase in the attenu- determined in accordance with § 2.202(f) ation requirement and a negative fac- of this chapter. tor indicates a decrease in the attenu- (2) If the transmitter modulates two ation requirement. or more carriers, with at least one (4) Stations licensed pursuant to an using digital modulation and one using application filed before March 17, 2005, frequency or other analog modulation, using equipment not conforming with digital modulation techniques are con- the emission limitations specified sidered as being employed when the above, may continue to operate indefi- necessary bandwidth of the digital sig- nitely in accordance with the terms of nal(s) is 50 percent or more of the ag- their current authorizations, subject to gregate bandwidth of the system, com- periodic renewal. Existing equipment

472

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00482 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.638

and equipment of product lines in pro- (f) In the event a station’s emissions duction before April 16, 2003, authorized outside its authorized channel cause via certification or verification before harmful interference, the Commission March 17, 2005, for equipment not con- may require the licensee to take such forming to the emission limitations re- further steps as may be necessary to quirements specified above, may con- eliminate the interference. tinue to be manufactured and/or mar- (g) The maximum bandwidth which keted, but may not be authorized for will be authorized per frequency as- use under a station license except at signment is set out in the table which stations licensed pursuant to an appli- follows. Regardless of the maximum cation filed before March 17, 2005. Any authorized bandwidth specified for non-conforming equipment authorized each frequency band, the Commission under a station license, and replaced on reserves the right to issue a license for or after March 17, 2005, must be re- less than the maximum bandwidth if it placed by conforming equipment. appears that less bandwidth would be (d) In the event that interference to sufficient to support an applicant’s in- other stations is caused by emissions tended communications.

outside the authorized channel, the Maximum au- FCC may require greater attenuation thorized Frequency Band (MHz) bandwidth than that specified in paragraph (b) of (MHz) this section. (e) The following limitations also 1,990 to 2,110 ...... 18 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 25 apply to the operation of TV micro- 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 25 wave booster stations: 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 25 (1) The booster station must receive 17,700 to 19,700 ...... 80 and amplify the signals of the originating station and retransmit them on [45 FR 78692, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 48 the same frequency without signifi- FR 50734, Nov. 3, 1983; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, cantly altering them in any way. The 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7342, characteristics of the booster trans- Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 34150, Aug. 23, 1985; 50 FR 48600, Nov. 26, 1985; 52 FR 7142, Mar. 9, 1987; 58 mitter output signal shall meet the re- FR 51251, Oct. 1, 1993; 68 FR 12769, Mar. 17, quirements applicable to the signal of 2003.] the originating station. (2) The licensee is responsible for cor- § 74.638 Frequency coordination. recting any condition of interference (a) Coordination of all frequency as- that results from the radiation of radio signments for fixed stations in all frequency energy outside the assigned bands above 2110 MHz, and for mobile channel. Upon notice by the FCC to the (temporary fixed) stations in the bands station licensee that interference is 6425–6525 MHz and 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be being caused, operation of the appa- in accordance with the procedure es- ratus must be immediately suspended tablished in paragraph (b) of this sec- and may not be resumed until the in- tion, except that the prior coordination terference has been eliminated or it process for mobile (temporary fixed) can be demonstrated that the inter- assignments may be completed orally ference is not due to spurious emis- and the period allowed for response to sions. However, short term test trans- a coordination notification may be less missions may be made during the pe- than 30 days if the parties agree. Co- riod of suspended operation to deter- ordination of all frequency assign- mine the efficacy of remedial meas- ments for all mobile (temporary fixed) ures. stations in all bands above 2110 MHz, (3) In each instance where suspension except the bands 6425–6525 MHz and of operation is required, the licensee 17.7–19.7 GHz, will be conducted in ac- must submit a full report to the FCC cordance with the procedure estab- after operation is resumed. The report lished in paragraph (b) of this section must contain details of the nature of or with the procedure in paragraph (d) the interference, the source of inter- of this section. Coordination of all fre- fering signals, and the remedial steps quency assignments for all fixed sta- taken to eliminate the interference. tions in the band 1990–2110 MHz will be

473

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00483 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.641 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

in accordance with the procedure es- licensees in the same area. Applicants tablished in paragraph (c) of this sec- may consult local frequency coordination. Coordination of all frequency as- tion committees, where they exist, for signments for all mobile (temporary information on frequencies available in fixed) stations in the band 1990–2110 the area. In selecting frequencies, con- MHz will be conducted in accordance sideration should be given to the rel- with the procedure in paragraph (d) of ative location of receive points, normal this section. transmission paths, and the nature of (b) For each frequency coordinated the contemplated operation. under this paragraph, the interference protection criteria in 47 CFR 101.105(a), [68 FR 12770, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 75 (b), and (c) and the frequency usage co- FR 17061, Apr. 5, 2010] ordination procedures in 47 CFR 101.103(d) will apply. § 74.641 Antenna systems. (c) For each frequency coordinated (a) For fixed stations operating above under this paragraph, the following fre- 2025 MHz, the following standards quency usage coordination procedures apply: will apply: (1) Fixed TV broadcast auxiliary sta- (1) General requirements. Applicants tions shall use directional antennas are responsible for selecting the frequency assignments that are least like- that meet the performance standards ly to result in mutual interference indicated in the following table. Upon with other licensees in the same area. adequate showing of need to serve a Applicants may consult local fre- larger sector, or more than a single quency coordination committees, sector, greater beamwidth or multiple where they exist, for information on antennas may be authorized. Appli- frequencies available in the area. Pro- cants shall request, and authorization posed frequency usage must be coordi- for stations in this service will specify, nated with existing licensees and appli- the polarization of each transmitted cants in the area whose facilities could signal. Booster station antennas hav- affect or be affected by the new pro- ing narrower beamwidths and reduced posal in terms of frequency inter- sidelobe radiation may be required in ference on active channels, applied-for congested areas, or to resolve inter- channels, or channels coordinated for ference problems. future growth. Coordination must be (i) Stations must employ an antenna completed prior to filing an application that meets the performance standards for regular authorization, for major for Category B. In areas subject to fre- amendment to a pending application, quency congestion, where proposed fa- or for major modification to a license. cilities would be precluded by contin- (2) To be acceptable for filing, all applications for regular authorization, or ued use of a Category B antenna, a Cat- major amendment to a pending appli- egory A antenna must be employed. cation, or major modification to a li- The Commission may require the use of cense, must include a certification at- a high performance antenna where in- testing that all co-channel and adja- terference problems can be resolved by cent-channel licensees and applicants the use of such antennas. potentially affected by the proposed (ii) Licensees shall comply with the fixed use of the frequency(ies) have antenna standards table shown in this been notified and are in agreement paragraph in the following manner: that the proposed facilities can be in- (A) With either the maximum stalled without causing harmful inter- beamwith to 3 dB points requirement ference to those other licensees and ap- or with the minimum antenna gain re- plicants. quirement; and (d) For each frequency coordinated (B) With the minimum radiation sup- under this paragraph, applicants are pression to angle requirement. responsible for selecting the frequency assignments that are least likely to result in mutual interference with other

474

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00484 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.643

ANTENNA STANDARDS

Maximum Minimum radiation suppression to angle in de- beam- grees from centerline of main beam in decibels width to 3 dB Minimum Frequency (MHz) Category 1 antenna ° ° ° ° ° ° points gain (dbi) 5° to 10 15 20 30 100 140 (included ° to to to to to to angle in 10 15° 20° 30° 100° 140° 180° degrees)

1,990 to 2,110 ...... A 5.0 n/a 12 18 22 25 29 33 39 B 8.0 n/a 5 18 20 20 25 28 36 6,875 to 7,125 ...... A 1.5 n/a 26 29 32 34 38 41 49 B 2.0 n/a 21 25 29 32 35 39 45 12,700 to 13,250 ...... A 1.0 n/a 23 28 35 39 41 42 50 B 2.0 n/a 20 25 28 30 32 37 47 17,700 to 19,700 ...... A 2.2 38 25 29 33 36 42 55 55 B 2.2 38 20 24 28 32 35 36 36 1 If a licensee chooses to show compliance using maximum beamwith to 3 dB points, the beamwidth limit shall apply in both the azimuth and the elevation planes.

(2) New periscope antenna systems requests for use of periscope antenna will be authorized upon a certification systems where a persuasive showing is that the radiation, in a horizontal made that no frequency conflicts exist plane, from an illuminating antenna in the area of proposed use. Such ap- and reflector combination meets or ex- provals shall be conditioned to a stand- ceeds the antenna standards of this ard antenna as required in paragraph section. This provision similarly ap- (a) of this section when an applicant of plies to passive repeaters employed to a new TV auxiliary broadcast or Cable redirect or repeat the signal from a Television Relay station indicates that station’s directional antenna system. the use of the existing antenna system (3) The choice of receiving antennas will cause interference and the use of a is left to the discretion of the licensee. category A or B antenna will remedy However, licensees will not be pro- the interference. tected from interference which results (d) As a further exception to the pro- from the use of antennas with poorer vision of paragraph (a) of this section, performance than identified in the the Commission may approve antenna table of this section. systems not conforming to the tech- (4) [Reserved] nical standards where a persuasive (5) Pickup stations are not subject to showing is made that: the performance standards herein stat- (1) Indicates in detail why an an- ed. tenna system complying with the re- (b) All fixed stations are to use an- quirements of paragraph (a) of this sec- tenna systems in conformance with the tion cannot be installed, and standards of this section. TV auxiliary (2) Includes a statement indicating broadcast stations are considered to be that frequency coordination as relocated in an area subject to frequency quired in § 74.604 (a) was accomplished. congestion and must employ a Cat- [45 FR 78693, Nov. 26, 1980, as amended at 49 egory A antenna when: FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 49 FR 37778, Sept. 26, (1) A showing by an applicant of a 1984; 50 FR 7342, Feb. 22, 1985; 51 FR 19840, new TV auxiliary broadcast station or June 3, 1986; 52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987; 55 FR Cable Television Relay Service (CARS) 11587, Mar. 29, 1990; 56 FR 50663, Oct. 8, 1991; station, which shares the 12.7–13.20 GHz 62 FR 4922, Feb. 3, 1997; 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, band with TV auxiliary broadcast, indi- 2003] cates that use of a category B antenna § 74.643 Interference to geostationary- limits a proposed project because of in- satellites. terference, and (2) That use of a category A antenna Applicants and licensees must com- will remedy the interference thus al- ply with § 101.145 of this chapter to lowing the project to be realized. minimize the potential of interference (c) As an exception to the provisions to geostationary-satellites. of this section, the FCC may approve [68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003]

475

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00485 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.644 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.644 Minimum path lengths for § 74.651 Equipment changes. fixed links. (a) Modifications may be made to an (a) The distance between end points existing authorization in accordance of a fixed link must equal or exceed the with §§ 1.929 and 1.947 of this chapter. value set forth in the table below or (b) Multiplexing equipment may be the EIRP must be reduced in accord- installed on any licensed TV broadcast ance with the equation set forth below. STL, TV relay or translator relay station without authority from the Com- Minimum mission. Frequency band path (MHz) length (c) Permissible changes in equipment (km) operating in the bands 18.3–18.58 GHz and 19.26–19.3 GHz. Notwithstanding Below 1,990 ...... n/a other provisions of this section, licens- 1,990–7,125 ...... 17 ees of stations that remain co-primary 12,200–13,250 ...... 5 Above 17,700 ...... n/a under the provisions of § 74.602(g) may not make modifications to their sys- (b) For paths shorter than those spec- tems that increase interference to sat- ified in the Table, the EIRP shall not ellite earth stations, or result in a fa- exceed the value derived from the fol- cility that would be more costly to re- lowing equation. locate. ¥ [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 EIRP = MAXEIRP 40 log(A/B) dBW FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, Where: 1982; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 61 FR 4368, Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR EIRP = The new maximum EIRP (equivalent 36605, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 54173, Sept. 7, 2000; isotropically radiated power) in dBW. 68 FR 12771, Mar. 17, 2003; 68 FR 16967, Apr. 8, MAXEIRP = Maximum EIRP as set forth in 2003] the Table in § 74.636 of this part. A = Minimum path length from the Table § 74.655 Authorization of equipment. above for the frequency band in kilo- (a) Except as provided in paragraph meters. (b) of this section, all transmitting B = The actual path length in kilometers. equipment first marketed for use under NOTE 1 TO PARAGRAPH (b): For transmitters this subpart or placed into service after using Automatic Transmitter Power Con- October 1, 1981, must be authorized trol, EIRP corresponds to the maximum under the certification or verification transmitter power available, not the coordi- procedure, as detailed in paragraph (f) nated transmit power or the nominal trans- of this section. Equipment which is mit power. used at a station licensed prior to Oc- NOTE 2 TO PARAGRAPH (b): Stations licensed tober 1, 1985, which has not been au- based on an application filed before April 16, thorized as detailed in paragraph (f) of 2003, in the 2450–2483.5 MHz band, for EIRP values exceeding those specified above, may this section, may continue to be used continue to operate indefinitely in accord- by the licensee or its successors or as- ance with the terms of their current author- signees, provided that if operation of izations, subject to periodic renewal. such equipment causes harmful interference due to its failure to comply (c) Upon an appropriate technical with the technical standards set forth showing, applicants and licensees un- in this subpart, the FCC may, at its able to meet the minimum path length discretion, require the licensee to take requirement may be granted an excep- such corrective action as is necessary tion to these requirements. to eliminate the interference. However, such equipment may not be further NOTE: Links authorized prior to April 1, 1987, are excluded from this requirement, ex- marketed or reused under part 74 after cept that, effective April 1, 1992, the Commis- October 1, 1985. sion will require compliance with the cri- (b) Certification or verification is not teria where an existing link would otherwise required for transmitters used in con- preclude establishment of a new link. junction with TV pickup stations operating with a peak output power not [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR greater than 250 mW. Pickup stations 12771, Mar. 17, 2003] operating in excess of 250 mW licensed

476

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00486 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.664

pursuant to applications accepted for Frequency Frequency band tolerance filing prior to October 1, 1980 may con- (MHz) (%) tinue operation subject to periodic renewal. If operation of such equipment 2,025 to 2,110 ...... 1 0.005 2,450 to 2,483.5 ...... 2 0.001 causes harmful interference the FCC 6,425 to 6,525 ...... 0.005 may, at its discretion, require the li- 6,875 to 7,125 ...... 1 0.005 censee to take such corrective action 12,700 to 13,250 ...... 1 0.005 17,700 to 18,820 ...... 0.003 as is necessary to eliminate the inter- 18,920 to 19,700 ...... 0.003 ference. 1 Television translator relay stations shall maintain a fre- (c) The license of a TV auxiliary sta- quency tolerance of 0.002%. tion may replace transmitting equip- 2 Stations licensed pursuant to an application filed before March 17, 2005, for tolerance values exceeding those speci- ment with authorized equipment, as fied above, may continue to operate indefinitely in accordance with the terms of their current authorizations, subject to peri- detailed under paragraph (f) of this sec- odic renewal. Existing equipment and equipment of product tion, without prior FCC approval, pro- lines in production before April 16, 2003, authorized via certification or verification before March 17, 2005, for tolerance val- vided the proposed changes will not de- ues exceeding those specified above, may continue to be part from any of the terms of the sta- manufactured and/or marketed, but may not be authorized for use under station license except at stations licensed pursuant tion or system authorization or the to an application filed before March 17, 2005. Any non-con- Commission’s technical rules gov- forming equipment authorized under a station license, and replaced on or after March 17, 2005, must be replaced by con- erning this service, and also provided forming equipment. that any changes made to authorized transmitting equipment is in compli- [52 FR 7143, Mar. 9, 1987, as amended at 68 FR ance with the provisions of part 2 of 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] the FCC rules concerning modifica- § 74.662 Frequency monitors and tions to authorized equipment. measurements. (d) Any manufacturer of a trans- The licensee of a television broadcast mitter to be used in this service may auxiliary station must provide means authorize the equipment under the cer- for measuring the operating frequency tification or verification procedure, as in order to ensure that the emissions appropriate, following the procedures are confined to the authorized channel. set forth in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC rules. [48 FR 38482, Aug. 24, 1983] (e) An applicant for a TV broadcast § 74.663 Modulation limits. auxiliary station may also authorize If amplitude modulation is employed, an individual transmitter, as specified negative modulation peaks shall not in paragraph (f) of this section, by fol- exceed 100%. lowing the procedures set forth in subpart J of part 2 of the FCC rules and [45 FR 78694, Nov. 26, 1980] regulations. (f) Transmitters designed to be used § 74.664 Posting of station license. exclusively for a TV STL station, a TV (a) The station license and any other intercity relay station, a TV translator instrument of authorization or indi- relay station, or a TV microwave vidual order concerning the construc- booster station, shall be authorized tion of the equipment or manner of op- under verification. All other transmit- eration of the station shall be posted in ters will be authorized under the cer- the room in which the transmitter is located. tification procedure. (b) Posting of the station license and [63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998, as amended at 68 any other instruments of authorization FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] shall be done by affixing the license to the wall at the posting location, or by § 74.661 Frequency tolerance. enclosing it in a binder or folder which Stations in this service shall main- is retained at the posting location so tain the carrier frequency of each au- that the document will be readily thorized transmitter to within the fol- available and easily accessible. lowing percentage of the assigned fre- [28 FR 13718, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 48 quency. FR 24385, June 1, 1983; 49 FR 29070, July 18, 1984; 50 FR 40015, Oct. 1, 1985]

477

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00487 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.682 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.682 Station identification. formed in a manner conducive to (a) Each television broadcast auxil- prompt association of the signal source iary station operating with a trans- with the responsible licensee. In exer- mitter output power of 1 watt or more cising the discretion provided by this must, when actually transmitting pro- rule, licensees are expected to act in a grams, transmit station identification responsible manner to assure that re- at the beginning and end of each period sult. of operation, and hourly, as close to (f) TV microwave boosters stations the hour as feasible, at a natural break will be assigned individual call signs. in program offerings by one of the fol- However, station identification will be lowing means: accomplished by the retransmission of (1) Transmission of its own call sign identification as provided in paragraph by visual or aural means or by auto- (a) of this section. matic transmission in international Morse telegraphy. [31 FR 15488, Dec. 8, 1966; 32 FR 452, Jan. 17, (2) Visual or aural transmission of 1967, as amended at 42 FR 36830, July 18, 1977; the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 44 FR 36041, June 20, tion with which it is licensed as an 1979; 49 FR 7131, Feb. 27, 1984] auxiliary. § 74.690 Transition of the 1990–2025 (3) Visual or aural transmission of MHz band from the Broadcast Aux- the call sign of the TV broadcast sta- iliary Service to emerging tech- tion whose signals are being relayed or, nologies. where programs are obtained directly from network lines and relayed, the (a) New Entrants are collectively de- network identification. fined as those licensees proposing to (b) Identification transmissions dur- use emerging technologies to imple- ing operation need not be made when ment Mobile Satellite Services in the to make such transmission would in- 2000–2020 MHz band (MSS licensees), terrupt a single consecutive speech, those licensees authorized after July 1, play, religious service, symphony con- 2004 to implement new Fixed and Mo- cert, or any type of production. In such bile services in the 1990–1995 MHz band, cases, the identification transmission and those licensees authorized after shall be made at the first interruption September 9, 2004 in the 1995–2000 MHz of the entertainment continuity and at and 2020–2025 MHz bands. New entrants the conclusion thereof. may negotiate with Broadcast Auxil- (c) During occasions when a tele- iary Service licensees operating on a vision pickup station is being used to primary basis and fixed service licens- deliver program material for network ees operating on a primary basis in the distribution it may transmit the net- 1990–2025 MHz band (Existing Licens- work identification in lieu of its own or ees) for the purpose of agreeing to associated TV station call sign during terms under which the Existing Licens- the actual program pickup. However, if ees would relocate their operations to it is providing the network feed the 2025–2110 MHz band, to other au- through its own associated TV broad- thorized bands, or to other media; or, cast station it shall perform the sta- alternatively, would discontinue use of tion identification required by para- the 1990–2025 MHz band. New licensees graph (a) of this section at the begin- in the 1995–2000 MHz and 2020–2025 MHz ning and end of each period of operation. bands are subject to the specific reloca- (d) A period of operation is defined as tion procedures adopted in WT Docket a single uninterrupted transmission or 04–356. a series of intermittent transmissions (b) An Existing Licensee in the 1990– from a single location or continuous or 2025 MHz band allocated for licensed intermittent transmission from a tele- emerging technology services will vision pickup station covering a single maintain primary status in the band event from various locations, within a until the Existing Licensee’s oper- single broadcast day. ations are relocated by a New Entrant, (e) Regardless of the method used for are discontinued under the terms of station identification it shall be per- paragraph (a) of this section, or become

478

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00488 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.690

secondary under the terms of para- the 1990–2025 MHz band on a primary graph (e)(6) of this section or the Exist- basis, except those Existing Licensees ing Licensee indicates to a New En- that decline relocation. Such reloca- trant that it declines to be relocated. tion negotiations shall be conducted as (c) The Commission will amend the ‘‘mandatory negotiations,’’ as that operating license of the Existing Li- term is used in § 101.73 of this chapter. censee to secondary status only if the If these parties are unable to reach a following requirements are met: negotiated agreement, MSS Licensees (1) The service applicant, provider, li- may involuntarily relocate such Exist- censee, or representative using an ing Licensees and fixed stations after emerging technology guarantees pay- December 8, 2004. ment of all relocation costs, including (ii) [Reserved] all engineering, equipment, site and (iii) On the date that the first MSS FCC fees, as well as any reasonable ad- licensee begins operations in the 2000– ditional costs that the relocated Exist- 2020 MHz band, a one-year mandatory ing Licensee might incur as a result of negotiation period begins between MSS operation in another authorized band licensees and Existing Licensees in or migration to another medium; Nielsen DMAs 31–210, as such DMAs ex- (2) The New Entrant completes all isted on September 6, 2000. After the activities necessary for implementing end of the mandatory negotiation pe- the replacement facilities, including riod, MSS licensees may involuntary engineering and cost analysis of the re- relocate any Existing Licensees with location procedure and, if radio facili- which they have been unable to reach a ties are used, identifying and obtain- negotiated agreement. As described ing, on the incumbents’ behalf, new elsewhere in this paragraph (e), MSS microwave or Local Television Trans- Licensees are obligated to relocate mission Service frequencies and fre- these Existing Licensees within the quency coordination. specified three- and five-year time peri- (3) The New Entrant builds the re- ods. placement system and tests it for comparability with the existing system. (2) Before negotiating with MSS li- (d) The Existing Licensee is not re- censees, Existing Licensees in Nielsen quired to relocate until the alternative Designated Market Areas where there facilities are available to it for a rea- is a BAS frequency coordinator must sonable time to make adjustments, de- coordinate and select a band plan for termine comparability, and ensure a the market area. If an Existing Li- seamless handoff. If, within one year censee wishes to operate in the 2025– after the relocation to new facilities 2110 MHz band using the channels A03- the Existing Licensee demonstrates A07 as specified in the Table in that the new facilities are not com- § 74.602(a) of this part, then all licensees parable to the former facilities, the within that Existing Licensee’s market New Entrant must remedy the defects. must agree to such operation and all (e) Subject to the terms of this para- must operate on a secondary basis to graph (e), the relocation of Existing Li- any licensee operating on the channel censees will be carried out by MSS li- plan specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this censees in the following manner: part. All negotiations must produce so- (1) Existing Licensees and MSS li- lutions that adhere to the market censees may negotiate individually or area’s band plan. collectively for relocation of Existing (3)–(4) [Reserved] Licensees to one of the channel plans (5) As of the date the first MSS li- specified in § 74.602(a)(3) of this chapter. censee begins operations in the 1990– Parties may not decline to negotiate, 2025 MHz band, MSS Licensees must re- though Existing Licensees may decline locate Existing Licensees in DMAs 31– to be relocated. 100, as they existed as of September 6, (i) MSS licensees may relocate all 2000, within three years, and in the re- Existing Licensees in Nielsen Des- maining DMAs, as they existed as of ignated Market Areas (DMAs) 1–30, as September 6, 2000, within five years. such DMAs existed on September 6, (6) On December 9, 2013, all Existing 2000, and all fixed stations operating in Licensees will become secondary in the

479

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00489 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.701 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

1990–2025 MHz band. Upon written de- station. Origination shall include lo- mand by any MSS licensee, Existing cally generated television program sig- Licensees must cease operations in the nals and program signals obtained via 1990–2025 MHz band within six months. video recordings (tapes and discs), [65 FR 48180, Aug. 7, 2000, as amended at 67 microwave, common carrier circuits, FR 53756, Aug. 19, 2002; 68 FR 68252, Dec. 8, or other sources. 2003; 69 FR 62621, Oct. 27, 2004; 69 FR 67836, (h) Local origination. Program origi- Nov. 22, 2004; 74 FR 29613, June 23, 2009] nation if the parameters of the program source signal, as it reaches the Subpart G—Low Power TV, TV transmitter site, are under the control Translator, and TV Booster Stations of the low power TV station licensee. Transmission of TV program signals § 74.701 Definitions. generated at the transmitter site con- (a) Television broadcast translator sta- stitutes local origination. Local origi- tion. A station in the broadcast service nation also includes transmission of operated for the purpose of retransmit- programs reaching the transmitter site ting the programs and signals of a tele- via TV STL stations, but does not in- vision broadcast station, without sig- clude transmission of signals obtained nificantly altering any characteristic from either terrestrial or satellite of the original signal other than its fre- microwave feeds or low power TV sta- quency and amplitude, for the purpose tions. of providing television reception to the (i) Television broadcast booster station. general public. A station in the broadcast service oper- (b) Primary station. The analog tele- ated by the licensee or permittee of a vision broadcast station (TV broadcast) full service television broadcast sta- or digital television station (DTV) tion for the purpose of retransmitting which provides the programs and sig- the programs and signals of such pri- nals being retransmitted by a tele- mary station without significantly al- vision broadcast translator station. tering any characteristic of the origi- (c) VHF translator. A television nal signal other than its amplitude. A broacast translator station operating television broadcast booster station on a VHF television broadcast channel. may only be located such that its en- (d) UHF translator. A television tire service area is located within the broadcast translator station operating protected contour of the primary sta- on a UHF television broadcast channel. tion it retransmits. For purposes of (e) UHF translator signal booster. A this paragraph, the service area of the station in the broadcasting service op- booster and the protected contour of erated for the sole purpose of re- the primary station will be determined transmitting the signals of the UHF by the methods prescribed in § 74.705(c). translator station by amplifying and (j) Digital television broadcast trans- reradiating such signals which have lator station (‘‘digital TV translator sta- been received directly through space, tion’’). A station operated for the pur- without significantly altering any pose of retransmitting the programs characteristic of the incoming signal and signals of a digital television other than its amplitude. (DTV) broadcast station, without sig- (f) Low power TV station. A station nificantly altering any characteristic authorized under the provisions of this of the original signal other than its fre- subpart that may retransmit the pro- quency and amplitude, for the purpose grams and signals of a TV broadcast of providing DTV reception to the gen- station and that may originate pro- eral public. gramming in any amount greater than (k) Digital low power TV station (‘‘dig- 30 seconds per hour and/or operates a ital LPTV station’’). A station author- subscription service. (See § 73.641 of ized under the provisions of this subpart 73 of this chapter.) part that may retransmit the programs (g) Program origination. For purposes and signals of a DTV broadcast station, of this part, program origination shall may originate programming in any be any transmissions other than the si- amount greater than 30 seconds per multaneous retransmission of the pro- hour for the purpose of providing dig- grams and signals of a TV broadcast ital television (DTV) reception to the

480

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00490 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.702

general public and, subject to a min- § 74.702 Channel assignments. imum video program service require- (a) An applicant for a new low power ment, may offer services of an ancil- TV or TV translator station or for lary or supplementary nature, includ- changes in the facilities of an author- ing subscription-based services. (See ized station shall endeavor to select a § 74.790). channel on which its operation is not (l) Digital program origination. For likely to cause interference. The appli- purposes of this part, digital program cations must be specific with regard to origination shall be any transmissions the channel requested. Only one chan- other than the simultaneous retrans- nel will be assigned to each station. mission of the programs and signals of (1) Any one of the 12 standard VHF a TV or DTV broadcast station or transmissions related to service offer- Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- ings of an ancillary or supplementary signed to a VHF low power TV or TV nature. Origination shall include lo- translator station. Channels 5 and 6 as- cally generated television program sig- signed in Alaska shall not cause harm- nals and program signals obtained via ful interference to and must accept in- video recordings (tapes and discs), terference from non-Government fixed microwave, common carrier circuits, operation authorized prior to January or other sources. 1, 1982. (m) Existing low power television or tel- (2) Any one of the UHF Channels evision translator station. When used in from 14 to 69, inclusive, may be as- subpart G of this part, the terms exist- signed to a UHF low power TV or TV ing low power television and existing translator station. In accordance with television translator station refer to an § 73.603(c) of part 73, Channel 37 will not analog or digital low power television be assigned to such stations. station or television translator station (3) Application for new low power TV that is either licensed or has a valid or TV translator stations or for construction permit. changes in existing stations, specifying (n) Suitable in core channel. When used operation above 806 MHz will not be ac- in subpart G of this part, the term cepted for filing. License renewals for ‘‘suitable in core channel’’ refers to a existing TV translator stations oper- channel that would enable a digital low ating on channels 70 (806–812 MHz) power television or television trans- through 83 (884–890 MHz) will be grant- lator station to produce a protected ed only on a secondary basis to land service area comparable to that of its mobile radio operations. associated analog LPTV or TV trans- (b) Changes in the TV Table of Allot- lator station. ments or Digital Television Table of (o) Companion digital channel. When Allotments (§§ 73.606(b) and 73.622(a), reused in subpart G of this part, the term spectively, of part 73 of this chapter), ‘‘companion digital channel’’ refers to authorizations to construct new TV a digital channel authorized to an ex- broadcast analog or DTV stations or to isting low power television or tele- authorizations to change facilities of vision translator station to be associ- existing such stations, may be made ated with the station’s analog channel. without regard to existing or proposed (p) Digital conversion channel. When low power TV or TV translator sta- used in subpart G of this part, the term tions. Where such a change results in a ‘‘digital conversion channel’’ refers to low power TV or TV translator station a channel previously authorized to an causing actual interference to recep- existing low power television or tele- tion of the TV broadcast analog or vision translator station that has been DTV station, the licensee or permittee converted to digital operation. of the low power TV or TV translator station shall eliminate the interference [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21497, May 18, or file an application for a change in 1982; 48 FR 21486, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7422, channel assignment pursuant to Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR § 73.3572 of this chapter. 26720, May 14, 1997; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004]

481

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00491 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.703 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(c) A television broadcast booster ated by the low power TV, TV trans- station will be authorized on the chan- lator, or TV booster station, regardless nel assigned to its primary station. of the quality of the reception or the [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 strength of the signal so used. If the in- FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 47 FR 35590, Aug. 18, terference cannot be promptly elimi- 1982; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31403, nated by the application of suitable Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997] techniques, operation of the offending low power TV, TV translator, or TV § 74.703 Interference. booster station shall be suspended and (a) An application for a new low shall not be resumed until the inter- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- ference has been eliminated. If the er station or for a change in the facili- complainant refuses to permit the low ties of such an authorized station will Power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- not be granted when it is apparent that er station to apply remedial techniques interference will be caused. Except that demonstrably will eliminate the where there is a written agreement be- interference without impairment of the tween the affected parties to accept in- original reception, the licensee of the terference, or where it can be shown low power TV, TV translator, or TV that interference will not occur due to booster station is absolved of further terrain shielding and/or Longley-Rice responsibility. TV booster stations will terrain dependent propagation meth- be exempt from the provisions of this ods, the licensee of a new low power paragraph to the extent that they may TV, TV translator, or TV booster shall cause limited interference to their pri- protect existing low power TV and TV mary stations’ signal subject to the translator stations from interference conditions of paragraph (g) of this sec- within the protected contour defined in tion. § 74.707 and shall protect existing Class (c) It shall be the responsibility of A TV and digital Class A TV stations the licensee of a low power TV, TV within the protected contours defined translator, or TV booster station to in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Such written correct any condition of interference agreement shall accompany the appli- which results from the radiation of cation. Guidance on using the Longley- radio frequency energy outside its as- Rice methodology is provided in OET signed channel. Upon notice by the Bulletin No. 69. Copies of OET Bulletin FCC to the station licensee or operator No. 69 may be inspected during normal that such interference is caused by spu- business hours at the: Federal Commu- rious emissions of the station, oper- nications Commission, 445 12th Street, ation of the station shall be imme- S.W., Reference Information Center diately suspended and not resumed (Room CY-A257), Washington, DC 20554. until the interference has been elimi- This document is also available nated. However, short test trans- through the Internet on the FCC Home missions may be made during the pe- Page at http://www.fcc.gov/oet/info/docu- riod of suspended operation to check ments/bulletins/#69. the efficacy of remedial measures. (b) It shall be the responsibility of (d) When a low-power TV or TV the licensee of a low power TV, TV translator station causes interference translator, or TV booster station to to a CATV system by radiations within correct at its expense any condition of its assigned channel at the cable interference to the direct reception of headend or on the output channel of the signal of any other TV broadcast any system converter located at a re- analog station and DTV station oper- ceiver, the earlier user, whether cable ating on the same channel as that used system or low-power TV or TV trans- by the low power TV, TV translator, or lator station, will be given priority on TV booster station or an adjacent the channel, and the later user will be channel which occurs as a result of the responsible for correction of the inter- operation of the low power TV, TV ference. When a low-power TV or TV translator, or TV booster station. In- translator station causes interference terference will be considered to occur to a BRS or EBS system by radiations whenever reception of a regularly used within its assigned channel on the out- signal is impaired by the signals radi- put channel of any system converter

482

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00492 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.705

located at a receiver, the earlier user, shall submit a full report to the FCC in whether BRS system or low-power TV Washington, DC, after operation is re- or TV translator station, will be given sumed, containing details of the nature priority on the channel, and the later of the interference, the source of the user will be responsible for correction interfering signals, and the remedial of the interference. steps taken to eliminate the inter- (e) Low power TV and TV translator ference. stations are being authorized on a sec- (i) A TV booster station may not dis- ondary basis to existing land mobile rupt the existing service of its primary uses and must correct whatever inter- station nor may it cause interference ference they cause to land mobile sta- to the signal provided by the primary tions or cease operation. station within the principal commu- (f) It shall be the responsibility of a nity to be served. digital low power TV or TV translator [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 station operating on a channel from FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, channel 52–69 to eliminate at its ex- 1987; 53 FR 4169, Feb. 12, 1988; 60 FR 55483, pense any condition of interference Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR caused to the operation of or services 30012, May 10, 2000; 69 FR 69331, Nov. 29, 2004; provided by existing and future com- 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] mercial or public safety wireless licensees in the 700 MHz bands. The of- § 74.705 TV broadcast analog station fending digital LPTV or translator sta- protection. tion must cease operations imme- (a) The TV broadcast station pro- diately upon notification by any pri- tected contour will be its Grade B con- mary wireless licensee, once it has tour signal level as defined in § 73.683 been established that the digital low and calculated from the authorized power TV or translator station is caus- maximum radiated power (without de- ing the interference. pression angle correction), the hori- (g) An existing or future wireless li- zontal radiation pattern, height above censee in the 700 MHz bands may notify average terrain in the pertinent direc- (certified mail, return receipt re- tion, and the appropriate chart from quested), a digital low power TV or TV § 73.699. translator operating on the same chan- (b)(1) An application to construct a nel or first adjacent channel of its in- new low power TV or TV translator tention to initiate or change wireless station or change the facilities of an operations and the likelihood of inter- existing station will not be accepted if ference from the low power TV or it specifies a site which is within the translator station within its licensed protected contour of a co-channel or geographic service area. The notice first adjacent channel TV broadast sta- should describe the facilities, associ- tion. ated service area and operations of the (2) Due to the frequency spacing wireless licensee with sufficient detail which exists between TV Channels 4 to permit an evaluation of the likeli- and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and hood of interference. Upon receipt of between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent such notice, the digital LPTV or TV channel protection standards shall not translator licensee must cease oper- be applicable to these pairs of chan- ation within 120 days unless: nels. (See § 73.603(a) of part 73 of this (1) It obtains the agreement of the chapter.) wireless licensee to continue oper- (3) A UHF low power TV or TV trans- ations; lator construction permit application (2) The commencement or modifica- will not be accepted if it specifies a site tion of wireless service is delayed be- within the UHF TV broadcast station’s yond that period (in which case the pe- protected contour and proposes oper- riod will be extended); or ation on a channel either 14 or 15 chan- (3) The Commission stays the effect nels above the channel in use by the of the interference notification, upon TV broadcast station. request. (4) A UHF low power TV or TV trans- (h) In each instance where suspension lator construction permit application of operation is required, the licensee will not be accepted if it specifies a site

483

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00493 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.706 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

less than 100 kilometers from the of the station being protected, the ¥45 transmitter site of a UHF TV broad- dB ratio must be used. cast analog station operating on a (ii) A description of the means by channel which is the seventh channel which the low power TV, TV trans- above the requested channel, unless it lator, or TV booster station will be can demonstrate that the service area maintained within the tolerances spec- of the low power TV or TV translator ified in § 74.761 for offset operation. station as established in § 74.707(a) is (2) 6 dB when the protected TV broad- not located in an area where the TV cast station operates on a VHF channel broadcast analog station is regularly that is one channel above the requested viewed. channel. (5) An application for a new UHF low (3) 12 dB when the protected TV power TV or TV translator construc- broadcast station operates on a VHF tion permit, a change of channel, or a channel that is one channel below the major change in facilities pursuant to requested channel. § 73.3572 of this chapter proposing a (4) 15 dB when the protected TV maximum effective radiated power of broadcast station operates on a UHF more than 50 kilowatts will not be ac- channel that is one channel above or cepted if it specifies a site less than 32 below the requested channel. kilometers from the transmitter site of (5) 23 dB when the protected TV a UHF TV broadcast analog station op- broadcast station operates on a UHF erating on a channel which is the sec- channel that is fourteen channels ond, third, or fourth channel above or below the requested channel. below the requested channel. (6) 6 dB when the protected TV broad- (c) The low power TV, TV translator, cast station operates a UHF channel or TV booster station field strength is that is fifteen channels below the re- calculated from the proposed effective quested channel. radiated power (ERP) and the antenna height above average terrain (HAAT) (e) As an alternative to the preceding in pertinent directions. paragraphs of 74.705, an applicant for a (1) For co-channel protection, the low power TV, TV translator or TV field strength is calculated using Fig- booster may make full use of terrain ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. pendent propagation prediction meth- (2) For low power TV, TV translator, ods to demonstrate that the proposed and TV boosters that do not specify the facility would not be likely to cause in- same channel as the TV broadcast sta- terference to TV broadcast stations. tion to be protected, the field strength Guidance on using the Longley-Rice is calculated using Figure 9, 10, or 10b methodology is provided in OET Bul- of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of Part 73 of letin No. 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Cop- this chapter. ies of OET Bulletin No. 69 may be in- (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or spected during normal business hours TV booster station application will not at the: Federal Communications Com- be accepted if the ratio in dB of its mission, CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., field strength to that of the TV broad- Reference Information Center, Wash- cast station at the protected contour ington, DC 20554. This document is also fails to meet the following: available through the Internet on the (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. without offset carrier frequency oper- [47 FR 21497, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, quency operation. An application re- 1987; 62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, questing offset carrier frequency oper- Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] ation must include the following: (i) A requested offset designation § 74.706 Digital TV (DTV) station pro- (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the tection. proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset (a) For purposes of this section, the from the standard carrier frequencies DTV station protected service area is of the requested channel. If the offset the geographic-area in which the field designation is not different from that strength of the station’s signal exceeds

484

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00494 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.707

the noise-limited service levels speci- found from the following Table (for fied in § 73.622(e) of this chapter. The values between measured values, linear extremity of this area (noise-limited interpolation can be used): perimeter) is calculated from the au- DTV-to-low thorized maximum radiated power Signal-to-noise ratio(dB) power ratio (without depression angle correction), (dB) the horizontal radiation pattern, and 16.00 ...... 21.00 height above average terrain in the 16.35 ...... 19.94 pertinent direction, using the signal 17.35 ...... 17.69 propagation method specified in 18.35 ...... 16.44 19.35 ...... 7.19 § 73.625(b) of this chapter. 20.35 ...... 4.69 (b)(1) An application to construct a 21.35 ...... 3.69 new low power TV or TV translator 22.35 ...... 2.94 23.35 ...... 2.44 station or change the facilities of an 25.00 ...... 2.00 existing station will not be accepted if it specifies a site which is located with- (2) + 48 dB for adjacent channel oper- in the noise-limited service perimeter ations at: of a co-channel DTV station. (i) The DTV noise-limited perimeter (2) Due to the frequency spacing if a low power TV, TV translator or TV which exists between TV channels 4 booster station is located outside that and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and perimeter. between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent (ii) At all points within the DTV channel protection standards shall not noise-limited area if a low power TV or be applicable to these pairs of chan- TV translator is located within the nels. DTV noise-limited perimeter, as dem- (c) The low power TV, TV translator onstrated by the applicant. or TV booster station field strength is [62 FR 26721, May 14, 1997, as amended at 63 calculated from the proposed effective FR 13563, Mar. 20, 1998; 64 FR 4327, Jan. 28, radiated power (ERP) and the antenna 1999] height above average terrain (HAAT) in pertinent directions. § 74.707 Low power TV and TV trans- (1) For co-channel protection, the lator station protection. field strength is calculated using Fig- (a)(1) A low power TV or TV trans- ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) lator will be protected from inter- charts) of part 73 of this chapter. ference from other low power TV or TV (2) For adjacent channel protection, translator stations, or TV booster sta- the field strength is calculated using tions within the following predicted Figure 9, 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) contours: charts) of part 73 of this chapter. (i) 62 dBu for stations on Channels 2 (d) A low power TV, TV translator or through 6; TV booster station application will not (ii) 68 dBu for stations on Channels 7 be accepted if the ratio in dB of its through 13; and field strength to that of the DTV sta- (iii) 74 dBu for stations on Channels tion (L/D ratio) fails to meet the fol- 14 through 69. lowing: (1) ¥2 dB or less for co-channel oper- Existing licensees and permittees that ations. This maximum L/D ratio for co- did not furnish sufficient data required channel interference to DTV service is to calculate the above contours by only valid at locations where the sig- April 15, 1983 are assigned protected nal-to-noise (S/N) ratio is 25 dB or contours having the following radii: greater. At the edge of the noise-lim- Up to 0.001 kW VHF/UHF—1 mile (1.6 km) ited service area, where the S/N ratio is from transmitter site 16 dB, the maximum L/D ratio for co- Up to 0.01 kW VHF; up to 0.1 k/W UHF—2 channel interference from analog low miles (3.2 km) from transmitter site Up to 0.1 kW VHF; up to 1 kW UHF—4 miles power TV, TV translator or TV booster (6.4 km) from transmitter site service into DTV service is ¥21 dB. At locations where the S/N ratio is greater New applicants must submit the re- than 16 dB but less than 25 dB, the quired information; they cannot rely maximum L/D field strength ratios are on this table.

485

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00495 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.707 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(2) The low power TV or TV trans- field strength to that of the authorized lator station protected contour is cal- low power TV, TV translator, or TV culated from the authorized effective booster station at its protected con- radiated power and antenna height tour fails to meet the following: above average terrain, using Figure 9, (1) ¥45 dB for co-channel operations 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of without offset carrier frequency oper- Part 73 of this chapter. ation or ¥28 dB for offset carrier fre- (b)(1) An application to construct a quency operation. An application renew low power TV, TV translator, or questing offset carrier frequency oper- TV booster station or change the facili- ation must include the following: ties of an existing station will not be (i) A requested offset designation accepted if it specifies a site which is (zero, plus, or minus) identifying the within the protected contour of a co- proposed direction of the 10 kHz offset channel or first adjacent channel low from the standard carrier frequencies power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- of the requested channel. If the offset er station, except that a TV booster designation is not different from that station may be located within the proof the station being protected, or if the tected contour of its co-channel pri- station being protected is not main- mary station. taining its frequencies within the tol- (2) Due to the frequency spacing erance specified in § 74.761 for offset op- which exists between TV Channels 4 eration, the ¥45 dB ratio must be used. and 5, between Channels 6 and 7, and (ii) A description of the means by between Channels 13 and 14, adjacent which the low power TV, TV trans- channel protection standards shall not lator, or TV booster station’s fre- be applicable to these pairs of chan- quencies will be maintained within the nels. (See § 73.603(a) of Part 73 of this tolerances specified in § 74.761 for offset chapter.) operation. (3) A UHF low power TV, TV trans- (2) 6 dB when the protected low power lator, or TV booster construction per- TV or TV translator station operates mit application will not be accepted if on a VHF channel that is one channel it specifies a site within the UHF low above the requested channel. power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- (3) 12 dB when the protected low er station’s protected contour and pro- power TV or TV translator station op- poses operation on a channel that is 15 erates on a VHF channel that is one channels above the channel in use by channel below the requested channel. the low power TV, TV translator, or (4) 15 dB when the protected low TV booster station. power TV or TV translator station op- (c) The low power TV, TV translator, erates on a UHF channel that is one or TV booster construction permit ap- channel above or below the requested plication field strength is calculated channel. from the proposed effective radiated (5) 6 dB when the protected low power power (ERP) and the antenna above av- TV or TV translator station operates erage terrain (HAAT) in pertinent di- on a UHF channel that is fifteen chan- rections. nels below the requested channel. (1) For co-channel protection, the (e) As an alternative to the preceding field strength is calculated using Fig- paragraphs of § 74.707, an applicant for ure 9a, 10a, or 10c of § 73.699 (F(50,10) a low power TV or TV translator sta- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. tion may make full use of terrain (2) For low power TV, TV translator, shielding and Longley-Rice terrain de- or TV booster applications that do not pendent propagation prediction meth- specify the same channel as the low ods to demonstrate that the proposed power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- facility would not be likely to cause in- er station to be protected, the field terference to low power TV, TV trans- strength is calculated using Figure 9, lator and TV booster stations. Guid- 10, or 10b of § 73.699 (F(50,50) charts) of ance on using the Longley-Rice meth- Part 73 of this chapter. odology is provided in OET Bulletin No. (d) A low power TV, TV translator, or 69 (but also see § 74.793(d)). Copies of TV booster station application will not OET Bulletin No. 69 may be inspected be accepted if the ratio in dB of its during normal business hours at the:

486

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00496 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.709

Federal Communications Commission, lator stations must accept any inter- Room CY–C203, 445 12th Street, SW., ference from stations in the land mo- Reference Information Center, Wash- bile service operating on the following ington, DC 20554. This document is also channels: available through the Internet on the Coordinates FCC Home Page at http://www.fcc.gov. City Chan- nels Latitude Longitude [47 FR 21498, May 18, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 35990, Aug. 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, Boston, MA ...... 14, 16 42°21′24″ 071°03′24″ 1983; 52 FR 31403, Aug. 20, 1987; 62 FR 26722, Chicago, IL ...... 14, 15 41°52′28″ 087°38′22″ May 14, 1997; 65 FR 58467, Sept. 29, 2000; 69 FR Cleveland, OH ...... 14, 15 41°29′51″ 081°41′50″ 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] Dallas, TX ...... 16 32°47′09″ 096°47′37″ Detroit, MI ...... 15, 16 42°19′48″ 083°02′57″ Houston, TX ...... 17 29°45′26″ 095°21′37″ § 74.708 Class A TV and digital Class A Los Angeles, CA ...... 14, 34°03′15″ 118°18′28″ TV station protection. 16, 20 ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) The Class A TV and digital Class Miami, FL ...... 14 25 46 37 080 11 32 New York, NY ...... 14, 40°45′06″ 073°59′39″ A TV station protected contours are 15, 16 specified in § 73.6010 of this chapter. Philadelphia, PA ...... 19, 20 39°56′58″ 075°09′21″ (b) An application to construct a new Pittsburgh, PA ...... 14, 18 40°26′19″ 080°00′00″ San Francisco, CA ...... 16, 17 37°46′39″ 122°24′40″ low power TV, TV translator, or TV Washington, DC ...... 17, 18 38°53′51″ 077°00′33″ booster station or change the facilities of an existing station will not be ac- (b) The protected contours for the cepted if it fails to protect an author- land mobile radio service are 130 kilo- ized Class A TV or digital Class A TV meters from the above coordinates, ex- station or an application for such a cept where limited by the following: station filed prior to the date the low (1) If the land mobile channel is the power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- same as the channel in the following er application is filed. list, the land mobile protected contour (c) Applications for low power TV, excludes the area within 145 kilometers TV translator and TV booster stations of the corresponding coordinates from shall protect Class A TV stations pur- list below. Except if the land mobile suant to the requirements specified in channel is 15 in New York or Cleveland paragraphs (b) through (e) of § 74.707. or 16 in Detroit, the land mobile pro- (d) Applications for low power TV, tected contour excludes the area with- TV translator and TV booster stations in 95 kilometers of the corresponding shall protect digital Class A TV sta- coordinates from the list below. tions pursuant to the following re- (2) If the land mobile channel is one quirements: channel above or below the channel in (i) An application must not specify the following list, the land mobile pro- an antenna site within the protected tected contour excludes the area with- contour of a co-channel digital Class A in 95 kilometers of the corresponding TV station. coordinates from the list below. (ii) The ratio in dB of the field strength of the low power TV, TV Coordinates City Chan- translator or TV booster station to nel Latitude Longitude that of the digital Class A TV station San Diego, CA ...... 15 32°41′48″ 116°56′10″ must meet the requirements specified Waterbury, CT ...... 20 41°31′02″ 073°01′00″ in paragraph (d) of § 74.706, calculated Washington, DC ...... 14 38°57′17″ 077°00′17″ using the propagation methods speci- Washington, DC ...... 20 38°57′49″ 077°06′18″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ fied in paragraph (c) of that section. Champaign, IL ...... 15 40 04 11 087 54 45 Jacksonville, IL ...... 14 39°45′52″ 090°30′29″ [65 FR 30012, May 10, 2000] Ft. Wayne, IN ...... 15 41°05′35″ 085°10′42″ South Bend, IN ...... 16 41°36′20″ 086°12′44″ Salisbury, MD ...... 16 38°24′15″ 075°34′45″ § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- Mt. Pleasant, MI ...... 14 43°34′24″ 084°46′21″ tion. Hanover, NH ...... 15 43°42′30″ 072°09′16″ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (a) Stations in the Land Mobile Canton, OH ...... 17 40 51 04 081 16 37 Cleveland, OH ...... 19 41°21′19″ 081°44′24″ Radio Service, using the following Oxford, OH ...... 14 39°30′26″ 084°44′09″ channels in the indicated cities will be Zanesville, OH ...... 18 39°55′42″ 081°59′06″ protected from interference caused by Elmira-Corning, NY ..... 18 42°06′20″ 076°52′17″ Harrisburg, PA ...... 21 40°20′44″ 076°52′09″ low power TV or TV translator sta- Johnstown, PA ...... 19 40°19′47″ 078°53′45″ tions, and low power TV and TV trans- Lancaster, PA ...... 15 40°15′45″ 076°27′49″

487

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00497 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.710 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., Chan- Coordinates City 86°30′ W.L. to 31°30′ N.L., 94°00′ W.L. and nel Latitude Longitude then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°00′ Philadelphia, PA ...... 17 40°02′30″ 075°14′24″ W.L. Pittsburgh, PA ...... 16 40°26′46″ 079°57′51″ ° ′ ° ′ ″ ° ′ ″ (4) On Channel 18: west of 87 00 W.L.; Scranton, PA ...... 16 41 10 58 075 52 21 ° ′ ° ′ Parkersburg, WV ...... 15 39°20′50″ 081°33′56″ east of 95 00 W.L.; and south of 31 00 Madison, WI ...... 15 43°03′01″ 089°29′15″ N.L. [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 50 (c) A low power TV or TV translator FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 33942, Aug. 22, station application will not be accept- 1985; 69 FR 31906, June 8, 2004] ed if it specifies a site that is within the protected contour of a co-channel § 74.710 Digital low power TV and TV or first adjacent channel land mobile translator station protection. assignment. (a) An application to construct a new (d) The low power TV or TV trans- low power TV, TV translator, or TV lator station field strength is cal- booster station or change the facilities culated from the proposed effective ra- of an existing station will not be ac- diated power (ERP) and the antenna cepted if it fails to protect an author- height above average terrain (HAAT) ized digital low power TV or TV trans- in pertinent directions. lator station or an application for such (1) The field strength is calculated station filed prior to the date the low using Figure 10c of § 73.699 (F(50, 10) power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- charts) of Part 73 of this chapter. er application is filed. (2) A low power TV or TV translator (b) Applications for low power TV, station application will not be accept- TV translator and TV booster stations ed if it specifies the same channel as shall protect digital low power TV and one of the land mobile assignments and TV translator stations pursuant to the its field strength at the land mobile following requirements: protected contour exceeds 52 dBu. (1) An application must not specify (3) A low power TV or TV translator an antenna site within the protected station application will not be accept- contour of a co-channel or adjacent ed if it specifies a channel that is one channel digital low power TV or TV channel above or below one of the land translator station, as defined in § 74.792. mobile assignments and its field (2) The ratio in dB of the field strength at the land mobile protected strength of the low power TV, TV contour exceeds 76 dBu. translator or TV booster station at the (e) To protect stations in the Off- protected contour of a co-channel dig- shore Radio Service, a low power TV or ital TV or TV translator station must TV translator station construction per- meet the requirements specified in mit application will not be accepted if § 74.706(d)(1). it specifies operation on channels 15, (3) The ratio in dB of the field 16, 17 or 18 in the following areas. West strength of the low power TV, TV Longitude and North Latitude are ab- translator or TV booster station at the breviated as W.L. and N.L. respec- protected contour of a digital low tively. power TV or TV translator station on (1) On Channel 15: west of 92°00′ W.L.; the lower and upper adjacent channels east of 98°30′ W.L.; and south of a line must not exceed 49 dB and 48 dB, re- extending due west from 30°30′ N.L., spectively. 92°00′ W.L. to 30°30′ N.L., 96°00′ W.L.; (4) The analysis used in 74.710 should and then due southwest to 28°00′ N.L., use the propagation methods specified 98°30′ W.L. in § 74.706(c). (2) On Channel 16: west of 86°40′ W.L.; (c) As an alternative to the require- east of 96°30′ W.L.; and south of a line ments of paragraph (b) of this section, extending due west from 31°00′ N.L., an applicant for a low power TV, TV 86°40′ W.L. to 31°00′ N.L., 95°00′ W.L. and translator or TV booster may make then due southwest to 29°30′ N.L., 96°30′ full use of terrain shielding and W.L. Longley-Rice terrain dependent propa- (3) On Channel 17: west of 86°30′ W.L.; gation prediction methods to dem- east of 96°00′ W.L.; and south of a line onstrate that the proposed facility

488

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00498 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.731

would not be likely to cause inter- (d) The technical characteristics of ference to digital low power TV or TV the retransmitted signals shall not be translator stations, as described in deliberately altered so as to hinder re- § 74.707(e) (i.e., reduce the service popu- ception on conventional television lation by no more than 0.5% within the broadcast receivers. station’s protected contour based on (e) A television broadcast translator the interference thresholds of § 73.623(c) station shall not deliberately re- of this chapter). transmit the signals of any station [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] other than the station it is authorized by license to retransmit. Precautions § 74.731 Purpose and permissible serv- shall be taken to avoid unintentional ice. retransmission of such other signals. (a) Television broadcast translator (f) A locally generated radio fre- stations and television broadcast quency signal similar to that of a TV booster stations provide a means broadcast station and modulated with whereby the signals of television visual and aural information may be broadcast stations may be retrans- connected to the input terminals of a mitted to areas in which direct recep- television broadcast translator or low tion of such television broadcast sta- power station for the purposes of trans- tions is unsatisfactory due to distance mitting still photographs, slides and or intervening terrain barriers. voice announcements. The radio fre- (b) Except as provided in paragraph quency signals shall be on the same (f) of this section, a television broad- channel as the normally used off-the- cast translator station or television air signal being rebroadcast. When broadcast booster station may be used transmitting originations concerning only to receive the signals of a tele- financial support or public service an- vision broadcast station, another tele- nouncements, connection of the locally vision broadcast translator station, a generated signals shall be made auto- television translator relay station, a television intercity relay station, a tel- matically either by means of a time evision STL station, or other suitable switch or upon receipt of a control sig- source such as a CARS or common car- nal from the TV station being rebroad- rier microwave station, for the simul- cast designed to actuate the switching taneous retransmission of the pro- circuit. The switching circuit will be so grams and signals of a television broad- designed that the input circuit will be cast station. Such retransmissions may returned to the off-the-air signal with- be accomplished by either: in 30 seconds. The connection for emer- (1) Reception of the television pro- gency transmissions may be made grams and signals of a television broad- manually. The apparatus used to gen- cast station directly through space, erate the local signal which is used to conversion to a different channel by modulate the translator or low power simple heterodyne frequency conver- station must be capable of producing a sion and suitable amplification; or, visual or aural signal or both which (2) Modulation and amplification of a will provide acceptable reception on video and audio feed, in which case television receivers designed for the modulating equipment meeting the retransmission standards employed by quirements of § 74.750(d) shall be used. TV broadcast stations. The visual and (c) The transmissions of each tele- aural materials so transmitted shall be vision broadcast translator station limited to emergency warnings of im- shall be intended for direct reception minent danger, to local public service by the general public and any other use announcements and to seeking or ac- shall be incidental thereto. A tele- knowledging financial support deemed vision broadcast translator station necessary to the continued operation of shall not be operated solely for the pur- the station. Accordingly, the origina- pose of relaying signals to one or more tions concerning financial support and fixed receiving points for retrans- PSAs are limited to 30 seconds each, no mission, distribution, or further relaying.

489

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00499 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.732 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

more than once per hour. Acknowl- tended for direct reception by the gen- edgements of financial support may in- eral public. Such stations will not be clude identification of the contribu- permitted to establish a point-to-point tors, the size and nature of the con- television relay system. tribution and advertising messages of contributors. Emergency transmissions [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 47 FR 21499, May 18, shall be no longer or more frequent 1982; 47 FR 40172, Sept. 13, 1982; 48 FR 21487, than necessary to protect life and prop- May 12, 1983; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] erty. (g) Low power TV stations may oper- § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- ate under the following modes of serv- quirements. ice: (a) A license for a low power TV or (1) As a TV translator station, sub- TV translator station may be issued to ject to the requirements of this part; any qualified individual, organized (2) For origination of programming group of individuals, broadcast station and commercial matter as defined in licensee, or local civil governmental § 74.701(f); body. (3) For the transmission of subscription television broadcast (STV) pro- (b) More than one low power TV or grams, intended to be received in intel- TV translator station may be licensed ligible form by members of the public to the same applicant whether or not for a fee or charge subject to the provi- such stations serve substantially the sions of §§ 73.642(e) and 73.644. same area. Low power TV and TV (h) A low power TV station may not translator stations are not counted for be operated solely for the purpose of re- purposes of § 73.3555, concerning mul- laying signals to one or more fixed re- tiple ownership. ceiving points for retransmission, dis- (c) Only one channel will be assigned tribution or relaying. to each low power TV or TV translator (i) Low power TV stations are subject station. Additional low power or trans- to no minimum required hours of oper- lator stations may be authorized to ation and may operate in any of the 3 provide additional reception. A sepa- modes described in paragraph (g) of rate application is required for each this section for any number of hours. station and each application must be (j) Television broadcast booster sta- complete in all respects. tions provide a means whereby the li- (d) The FCC will not act on applica- censee of a television broadcast station tions for new low power TV or TV may provide service to areas of low sig- translator stations, for changes in fa- nal strength in any region within the cilities of existing stations, or for primary station’s Grade B contour. The changes in output channel tendered by booster station may not be located out- displaced stations pursuant to side the predicted Grade B of its pri- § 73.3572(a)(1), when such changes will mary station nor may the predicted result in a major change until the ap- Grade B signal of the television booster plicable time for filing a petition to station extend beyond the predicted deny has passed pursuant to § 73.3584(c). Grade B contour of the primary sta- (e) A proposal to change the primary tion. A television broadcast booster TV station being retransmitted or an station is authorized to retransmit application of a licensed translator sta- only the signals of its primary station; tion to include low power TV station it shall not retransmit the signals of operation, i.e., program origination or any other stations nor make inde- subscription service will be subject pendent transmissions. However, lo- only to a notification requirement. cally generated signals may be used to (f) Applications for transfer of owner- excite the booster apparatus for the ship or control of a low power TV or purpose of conducting tests and meas- TV translator station will be subject to urements essential to the proper in- petitions to deny. stallation and maintenance of the ap- (g) A television broadcast booster paratus. station will be authorized only to the (k) The transmissions of a television licensee or permittee of the television broadcast booster station shall be in- station whose signals the booster will

490

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00500 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.733

rebroadcast, to areas within the Grade (e) The operation of a UHF translator B contour of the primary station. signal booster is subject to the condi- (h) No numerical limit is placed on tion that no harmful interference is the number of booster stations that caused to the reception of any station, may be licensed to a single licensee. A broadcast or non-broadcast, other than separate license is required for each the parent translator. The licensee of television broadcast booster station. the UHF translator signal booster is [47 FR 21499, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 expected to use reasonable diligence to FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 49 FR 20504, May 15, minimize interference to the direct re- 1984; 52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 10571, ception of the parent translator sta- Apr. 2, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] tion. § 74.733 UHF translator signal boost- (f) UHF translator signal boosters ers. may be operated unattended. Repairs (a) The licensee of a UHF television and adjustments shall be made by a broadcast translator station may be qualified person. The required quali- authorized to operate one or more sig- fications are set forth in § 74.750 (g) and nal boosters for the purpose of pro- (h). viding reception to small shadowed (g) An individual call sign will not be areas within the area intended to be assigned to a UHF translator booster served by the translator. station. The retransmission of the call (b) The transmitting apparatus shall sign of the parent translator will serve consist of a simple linear radio fre- as station identification. quency amplifier, with one or more (h) Applications for authority to con- amplifying stages, which is capable of struct and operate a UHF translator receiving, amplifying, and retransmit- signal booster shall be submitted on ting the signals of the parent trans- FCC Form 346A. No construction of fa- lator without significantly altering cilities or installation of apparatus at any electrical characteristic of the re- the proposed transmitter site shall be ceived signal other than its amplitude. made until a construction permit The maximum power input to the plate therefor has been issued by the Com- of the final radio frequency amplifier mission. shall not exceed 5 watts. (i) The provisions of § 74.765 con- (c) The amplifier shall be equipped with suitable circuits which will auto- cerning posting of station license shall matically cause it to cease radiating if apply to a UHF translator signal boost- no signal is being received from the er except that the parent UHF trans- parent translator station. Care shall be lator call sign, followed by the word taken in the design of the apparatus to ‘‘Booster’’, shall be displayed at the insure that out-of-band radiation is not signal booster site. excessive and that adequate isolation (j) The provisions of §§ 74.767 and is maintained between the input and 74.781 concerning marking and lighting output circuits to prevent unstable op- of antenna structures and station eration. records, respectively, apply to UHF (d) The installation of the apparatus translator signal boosters. and its associated receiving and transmitting antennas shall be in accord- NOTE: Effective July 11, 1975, no new UHF ance with accepted principles of good signal boosters will be authorized. Licensees of such existing boosters may make applica- engineering practice. Either hori- tion for renewal of license or change in fa- zontal, vertical, or circular polariza- cilities on the applicable FCC forms for Tele- tion of the electric field of the radiated vision Broadcast Translator Stations (Form signal may be employed. If the isola- 346, for construction permits; 347, for license tion between the input and output cir- to cover construction permit; and 303-S, for cuits depends in part upon the polariza- renewal of license). Report and Order, Dock- tion or directive properties of the et No. 20372. May 28, 1975. transmitting and receiving antennas, [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 40 the installation shall be sufficiently FR 25022, June 12, 1975; 59 FR 63052, Dec. 7, rugged to withstand the normal haz- 1994] ards of the environment.

491

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00501 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.734 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.734 Attended and unattended op- § 74.735 Power limitations. eration. (a) The maximum peak effective radi- (a) Low power TV, TV translator, and ated power (ERP) of an analog low TV booster stations may be operated power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- without a designated person in attend- er station shall not exceed: ance if the following requirements are (1) 3 kW for VHF channels 2–13; and met: (2) 150 kW for UHF channels 14–69. (1) If the transmitter site cannot be (b) The maximum ERP of a digital promptly reached at all hours and in low power TV, TV translator, or TV all seasons, means shall be provided so booster station (average power) shall that the transmitting apparatus can be not exceed: turned on and off at will from a point (1) 300 watts for VHF channels 2–13; that readily is accessible at all hours and and in all seasons. (2) 15 kW for UHF channels 14–69. (2) The transmitter also shall be (c) The limits in paragraphs (a) and equipped with suitable automatic cir- (b) apply separately to the effective ra- cuits that will place it in a nonradi- diated powers that may be obtained by ating condition in the absence of a sig- the use of horizontally or vertically po- nal on the input channel or circuit. larized transmitting antennas, providing the applicable provisions of (3) The transmitting and the ON/OFF §§ 74.705, 74.706, 74.707 and 74.709 are control, if at a location other than the met. For either omnidirectional or di- transmitter site, shall be adequately rectional antennas, where the ERP val- protected against tampering by unau- ues of the vertically and horizontally thorized persons. polarized components are not of equal (4) A letter notification must be filed strength, the ERP limits shall apply to with the FCC in Washington, DC, At- the polarization with the larger ERP. tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, Applications proposing the use of direc- providing the name, address, and tele- tional antenna systems must be accom- phone number of a person or persons panied by the following: who may be called to secure suspension (1) Complete description of the proof operation of the transmitter prompt- posed antenna system, including the ly should such action be deemed nec- manufacturer and model number of the essary by the FCC. Such information proposed directional antenna. It is not shall be kept current by the licensee. acceptable to label the antenna with (5) In cases where the antenna and only a generic term such as ‘‘Yagi’’ or supporting structure are considered to ‘‘Dipole’’. A specific model number be a hazard to air navigation and are must be provided. In the case of indi- required to be painted and lighted vidually designed antennas with no under the provisions of part 17 of the model number, or in the case of a com- Rules, the licensee shall make suitable posite antenna composed of two or arrangements for the daily observa- more individual antennas, the antenna tions, when required, and lighting should be described as a ‘‘custom’’ or equipment inspections required by ‘‘composite’’ antenna, as appropriate. §§ 17.37 and 17.38 of the FCC rules. A full description of the design of the (b) An application for authority to antenna should also be submitted. construct a new low power TV station (2) Relative field horizontal plane (when rebroadcasting the programs of pattern (horizontal polarization only) another station) or TV translator sta- of the proposed directional antenna. A tion or to make changes in the facili- value of 1.0 should be used for the max- ties of an authorized station, and that imum radiation. The plot of the pat- proposes unattended operation, shall tern should be oriented so that 0° cor- include an adequate showing as to the responds to the maximum radiation of manner of compliance with this sec- the directional antenna or, alter- tion. natively in the case of a symmetrical [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 48 pattern, to the line of symmetry. The FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 0° on the plot should be referenced to 1995; 63 FR 33878, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, the actual azimuth with respect to true Mar. 21, 2002] North.

492

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00502 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.737

(3) A tabulation of the relative field spectively, of the assigned channel pattern required in paragraph (c)(2), of shall be attenuated no less than: this section. The tabulation should use (1) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no the same zero degree reference as the more than 1 watt power output. plotted pattern, and be tabulated at (2) 50 dB for transmitters rated at least every 10°. In addition, tabulated more than 1 watt power output. values of all maximas and minimas, (3) 60 dB for transmitters rated at with their corresponding azimuths, more than 100 watts power output. should be submitted. (d) Greater attenuation than that (4) All horizontal plane patterns specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- must be plotted to the largest scale tion may be required if interference re- possible on unglazed letter-size polar sults from emissions outside the as- coordinate paper (main engraving ap- signed channel. proximately 18 cm × 25 cm (7 inches × 10 inches)) using only scale divisions and [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 subdivisions of 1, 2, 2.5 or 5 times 10- FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, nth. Values of field strength on any 1971; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31404, pattern less than 10% of the maximum Aug. 20, 1987] field strength plotted on that pattern § 74.737 Antenna location. must be shown on an enlarged scale. (5) The horizontal plane patterns (a) An applicant for a new low power that are required are the patterns for TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- the complete directional antenna sys- tion or for a change in the facilities of tem. In the case of a composite an- an authorized station shall endeavor to tenna composed of two or more indi- select a site that will provide a line-of- vidual antennas, this means that the sight transmission path to the entire patterns for the composite antenna area intended to be served and at which composed of two or more individual an- there is available a suitable signal tennas, not the patterns for each of the from the primary station, if any, that individual antennas, must be sub- will be retransmitted. mitted. (b) The transmitting antenna should be placed above growing vegetation and [30 FR 8847, July 14, 1965, as amended at 41 trees lying in the direction of the area FR 28267, July 9, 1976; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; 48 FR 21487, May 12, 1983; 52 FR 7423, intended to be served, to minimize the Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987; 58 FR possibility of signal absorption by foli- 44951, Aug. 25, 1993; 62 FR 26722, May 14, 1997] age. (c) A site within 8 kilometers of the § 74.736 Emissions and bandwidth. area intended to be served is to be pre- (a) The license of a low power TV, TV ferred if the conditions in paragraph (a) translator, or TV booster station au- of this section can be met. thorizes the transmission of the visual (d) Consideration should be given to signal by amplitude modulation (A5) the accessibility of the site at all sea- and the accompanying aural signal by sons of the year and to the availability frequency modulation (F3). of facilities for the maintenance and (b) Standard width television chan- operation of the transmitting equip- nels will be assigned and the transmit- ment. ting apparatus shall be operated so as (e) The transmitting antenna should to limit spurious emissions to the low- be located as near as is practical to the est practicable value. Any emissions transmitter to avoid the use of long including intermodulation products transmission lines and the associated and radio frequency harmonics which power losses. are not essential for the transmission (f) Consideration should be given to of the desired picture and sound infor- the existence of strong radio frequency mation shall be considered to be spu- fields from other transmitters at the rious emissions. site of the transmitting equipment and (c) Any emissions appearing on fre- the possibility that such fields may re- quencies more than 3 MHz above or sult in the retransmissions of signals below the upper and lower edges, re- originating on frequencies other than

493

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00503 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.750 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

that of the primary station being re- (iii) 60 dB for transmitters rated at broadcast. more than 100 watts power output. (3) When subjected to variations in [47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 FR 31404, Aug. 20, 1987] ambient temperature between minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees Centigrade § 74.750 Transmission system facilities. and variations in power main voltage (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or between 85 percent and 115 percent of TV booster station shall operate with a rated power supply voltage, the local transmitter that is either certificated oscillator frequency stability shall for licensing under the provisions of maintain the operating frequency with- this subpart or type notified for use in: under part 73 of this chapter. (i) 0.02 percent of its rated frequency (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas for transmitters rated at no more than used to receive the signals to be re- 100 watts peak visual power. broadcast, and transmission lines are (ii) 0.002 percent of the rated fre- not certificated by the FCC. External quency for transmitters rated at more preamplifiers also may be used pro- than 100 watts peak visual power. vided that they do not cause improper (iii) Plus or minus 1 kHz of its rated operation of the transmitting equip- frequency for transmitters to be used ment, and use of such preamplifiers is at stations employing offset carrier not necessary to meet the provisions of frequency operation. paragraph (c) of this section. (4) The apparatus shall contain auto- (c) The following requirements must matic circuits which will maintain the be met before low power TV and TV peak visual power output constant translator transmitters will be certifi- within 2 dB when the strength of the cated by the FCC: input signal is varied over a range of 30 (1) The equipment shall be so de- dB and which will not permit the peak signed that the electrical characteris- visual power output to exceed the max- tics of a standard television signal in- imum rated power output under any troduced into the input terminals will condition. If a manual adjustment is be maintained at the output. The over- provided to compensate for different all response of the apparatus within its average signal strengths, provision assigned channel, when operating at its shall be made for determining the rated power output and measured at proper setting for the control, and if the output terminals, shall provide a improper adjustment of the control smooth curve, varying within limits could result in improper operation, a separated by no more than 4 dB: Pro- label shall be affixed at the adjustment vided, however, That means may be pro- control bearing a suitable warning. vided to reduce the amplitude of the (5) The apparatus must be equipped aural carrier below those limits, if nec- with automatic controls that will place essary to prevent intermodulation it in a non-radiating condition when no which would mar the quality of the re- signal is being received on the input transmitted picture or result in emis- channel, either due to absence of a sions outside of the assigned channel. transmitted signal or failure of the re- (2) Radio frequency harmonics of the ceiving portion of the facilities used visual and aural carriers, measured at for rebroadcasting the signal of an- the output terminals of the trans- other station. The automatic control mitter, shall be attenuated no less may include a time delay feature to than 60 dB below the peak visual out- prevent interruptions caused by fading put power within the assigned channel. or other momentary failures of the in- All other emissions appearing on fre- coming signal. quencies more than 3 megacycles above (6) The tube or tubes employed in the or below the upper and lower edges, re- final radio frequency amplifier shall be spectively, of the assigned channel of the appropriate power rating to pro- shall be attenuated no less than: vide the rated power output of the (i) 30 dB for transmitters rated at no translator. The normal operating con- more than 1 watt power output. stants for operation at the rated power (ii) 50 dB for transmitters rated at output shall be specified. The appa- more than 1 watt power output. ratus shall be equipped with suitable

494

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00504 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.750

meters or meter jacks so that appro- quirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of priate voltage and current measure- this section. The following procedures ments may be made while the appa- shall apply: ratus is in operation. (1) Any manufacturer of apparatus (7) The transmitters of over 0.001 kW intended for use at low power TV, TV peak visual power (0.002 kW when cir- translator, or TV booster stations may cularly polarized antennas are used) request certification by following the shall be equipped with an automatic procedures set forth in part 2, subpart keying device that will transmit the J, of this chapter. call sign of the station, in Inter- (2) Low power TV, TV translator, and national Morse Code, at least once each TV booster transmitting apparatus hour during the time the station is in operation when operating in the trans- that has been certificated by the FCC lator mode retransmitting the pro- will normally be authorized without gramming of a TV broadcast station. additional measurements from the ap- However, the identification by Morse plicant or licensee. Code is not required if the licensee of (3) Applications for certification of the low power TV or TV translator sta- modulators to be used with existing tion has an agreement with the TV certificated TV translator apparatus broadcast station being rebroadcast to must include the specifications elec- transmit aurally or visually the low trical and mechanical interconnecting power TV or TV translator station call requirements for the apparatus with as provided for in § 74.783. Transmission which it is designed to be used. of the call sign can be accomplished by: (4) Other rules concerning certifi- (i) Frequency shift keying; the aural cation, including information regard- and visual carrier shift shall not be less ing withdrawal of type acceptance, than 5 kHz or greater than 25 kHz. modification of certificated equipment (ii) Amplitude modulation of the and limitations on the findings upon aural carrier of at least 30% modula- which certification is based, are set tion. The audio frequency tone used forth in part 2, subpart J, of this chap- shall not be within 200 hertz of the ter. Emergency Broadcast System Atten- (f) The transmitting antenna system tion Signal alerting frequencies. (8) Wiring, shielding, and construc- may be designed to produce horizontal, tion shall be in accordance with ac- vertical, or circular polarization. cepted principles of good engineering (g) Low power TV, TV translator, or practice. TV booster stations installing new cer- (d) Low power TV, TV translator and tificated transmitting apparatus incor- transmitting equipment using a modu- porating modulating equipment need lation process for either program origi- not make equipment performance nation or rebroadcasting TV booster measurements and shall so indicate on transmitting equipment using a modu- the station license application. Sta- lation process must meet the following tions adding new or replacing modu- requirements: lating equipment in existing low power (1) The equipment shall meet the re- TV, TV translator, or TV booster sta- quirements of paragraphs (a)(1) and tion transmitting apparatus must have (b)(3) of § 73.687. a qualified person examine the trans- (2) The stability of the equipment mitting system after installation. This shall be sufficient to maintain the op- person must certify in the application erating frequency of the aural carrier for the station license that the trans- ± to 4.5 MHz 1kHz above the visual car- mitting equipment meets the require- rier when subjected to variations in ments of paragraph (d)(1) of this sec- ambient temperature between 30° and tion. A report of the methods, measure- +50° centigrade and variations in power ments, and results must be kept in the main voltage between 85 and 115 percent of rated power supply voltage. station records. However, stations in- (e) Certification will be granted only stalling modulating equipment solely upon a satisfactory showing that the apparatus is capable of meeting the re-

495

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00505 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.751 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

for the limited local origination of sig- (6) Any changes in the location of the nals permitted by § 74.731 need not com- transmitter except within the same ply with the requirements of this para- building or upon the same pole or graph. tower. [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 33 (7) A change of authorized operating FR 8677, June 13, 1968; 36 FR 19592, Oct. 8, power. 1971; 37 FR 25844, Dec. 5, 1972; 41 FR 17552, (c) Other equipment changes not spe- Apr. 27, 1976; 43 FR 1951, Jan. 13, 1978; 46 FR cifically referred to in paragraphs (a) 35465, July 8, 1981; 47 FR 21500, May 18, 1982; and (b) of this section may be made at 47 FR 30496, July 14, 1982; 52 FR 31404, Aug. the discretion of the licensee, provided 20, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995; 62 FR 26722, that the FCC in Washington, DC, At- May 14, 1997; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, § 74.751 Modification of transmission is notified in writing upon the comple- systems. tion of such changes. (a) No change, either mechanical or (d) Upon installation of new or re- electrical, may be made in apparatus placement transmitting equipment for which has been certificated by the which prior FCC authority is not re- Commission without prior authority of quired under the provisions of this sec- the Commission. If such prior author- tion, the licensee must place in the sta- ity has been given to the manufacturer tion records a certification that the of certificated equipment, the manu- new installation complies in all re- facturer may issue instructions for spects with the technical requirements such changes citing its authority. In of this part and the station authoriza- such cases, individual licensees are not tion. required to secure prior Commission [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 38 approval but shall notify the Commis- FR 6827, Mar. 13, 1973; 39 FR 38652, Nov. 1, sion when such changes are completed. 1974; 45 FR 26067, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 21501, (b) Formal application (FCC Form May 18, 1982; 48 FR 41423, Sept. 15, 1983; 50 FR 346) is required for any of the following 23710, June 5, 1985; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; changes: 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, (1) Replacement of the transmitter as 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] a whole, except replacement with a § 74.761 Frequency tolerance. transmitter of identical power rating which has been certificated by the FCC The licensee of a low power TV, TV for use by low power TV, TV trans- translator, or TV booster station shall lator, and TV booster stations, or any maintain the transmitter output fre- change which could result in a change quencies as set forth below. The fre- in the electrical characteristics or per- quency tolerance of stations using di- formance of the station. rect frequency conversion of a received (2) Any change in the transmitting signal and not engaging in offset car- antenna system, including the direc- rier operation as set forth in paragraph tion of radiation, directive antenna (d) of this section will be referenced to pattern, antenna gain, transmission the authorized plus or minus 10 kHz line loss characteristics, or height of offset, if any, of the primary station. antenna center of radiation. (a) The visual carrier shall be main- (3) Any change in the overall height tained to within 0.02 percent of the as- of the antenna structure, except where signed visual carrier frequency for notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- transmitters rated at not more than istration is specifically not required 100 watts peak visual power. under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. (b) The visual carrier shall be main- (4) Any horizontal change of the loca- tained to within 0.002 percent of the as- tion of the antenna structure which signed visual carrier frequency for would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters transmitters rated at more than 100 (500 feet), or (ii) require notice to the watts peak visual power. Federal Aviation Administration pur- (c) The aural carrier of stations em- suant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s Rules. ploying modulating equipment shall be (5) A change in frequency assign- maintained at 4.5 MHz ±1 kHz above ment. the visual carrier frequency.

496

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00506 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.765

(d) The visual carrier shall be main- lighting of antenna structures. In the tained to within 1 kHz of the assigned event normal operation is restored channel carrier frequency if the low prior to the expiration of the 30 day pe- power TV, TV translator, or TV boost- riod, the FCC in Washington, DC, At- er station is authorized with a specified tention: Video Division, Media Bureau, offset designation in order to provide shall be notified in writing of the date protection under the provisions of normal operations resumed. If causes § 74.705 or § 74.707. beyond the control of the licensee make it impossible to comply within [43 FR 1952, Jan. 13, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] the allowed period, a request for Spe- cial Temporary Authority (see § 73.1635 § 74.762 Frequency measurements. of this chapter) shall be made to the (a) The licensee of a low power TV FCC no later than the 30th day for such station, a TV translator, or a TV boost- additional time as may be deemed nec- er station must measure the carrier essary. (c) Failure of a low power TV, TV frequencies of its output channel as translator, or TV booster station to op- often as necessary to ensure operation erate for a period of 30 days or more, within the specified tolerances, and at except for causes beyond the control of least once each calendar year at inter- the licensee, shall be deemed evidence vals not exceeding 14 months. of discontinuation of operation and the (b) In the event that a low power TV, license of the station may be cancelled TV translator, or TV booster station is at the discretion of the FCC. Further- found to be operating beyond the fre- more, the station’s license will expire quency tolerance prescribed in § 74.761, as a matter of law, without regard to the licensee promptly shall suspend op- any causes beyond control of the li- eration of the transmitter and shall censee, if the station fails to transmit not resume operation until transmitter broadcast signals for any consecutive has been restored to its assigned fre- 12-month period, notwithstanding any quencies. Adjustment of the frequency provision, term, or condition of the li- determining circuits of the transmitter cense to the contrary. shall be made only by a qualified per- (d) A television broadcast translator son in accordance with § 74.750(g). station shall not be permitted to radi- [52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] ate during extended periods when signals of the primary station are not § 74.763 Time of operation. being retransmitted. (a) A low power TV, TV translator, or [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 52 TV booster station is not required to FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, adhere to any regular schedule of oper- 1987; 61 FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, ation. However, the licensee of a TV June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13233, Mar. 21, 2002] translator or TV booster station is expected to provide service to the extent § 74.765 Posting of station and oper- that such is within its control and to ator licenses. avoid unwarranted interruptions in the (a) The station license and any other service provided. instrument of authorization or indi- (b) In the event that causes beyond vidual order concerning the construc- the control of the low power TV or TV tion of the station or manner of oper- translator station licensee make it im- ation shall be kept in the station possible to continue operating, the li- record file so as to be available for in- censee may discontinue operation for a spection upon request of authorized period of not more than 30 days with- representatives of the FCC. out further authority from the FCC. (b) The call sign of the station, to- Notification must be sent to the FCC gether with the name, address, and in Washington, DC, Attention: Video telephone number of the licensee or Division, Media Bureau, not later than local representative of the licensee, if the 10th day of discontinued operation. the licensee does not reside in the com- During such period, the licensee shall munity served by the station, and the continue to adhere to the requirements name and address of the person and in the station license pertaining to the place where the station records are

497

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00507 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.769 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

maintained, shall be displayed at the Section 73.1635—Special temporary author- transmitter site on the structure sup- izations (STA). porting the transmitting antenna, so Section 73.1650—International broadcasting agreements. as to be visible to a person standing on Section 73.1680—Emergency antennas. the ground. The display shall be main- Section 73.1692—Construction near or instal- tained in legible condition by the li- lations on an AM broadcast tower. censee. Section 73.1940—Broadcasts by candidates for public office. [47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982, as amended at 52 Section 73.2080—Equal employment opportu- FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987; 60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, nities (for low power TV stations only). 1995] Section 73.3500—Application and report forms. § 74.769 Copies of rules. Section 73.3511—Applications required. The licensee or permittee of a station Section 73.3512—Where to file; number of authorized under this subpart shall copies. have a current copy of Volume I and Section 73.3513—Signing of applications. Section 73.3514—Content of applications. Volume III of the Commission’s Rules. Section 73.3516—Specification of facilities. Each such licensee or permittee shall Section 73.3517—Contingent applications. be familiar with those rules relating to Section 73.3518—Inconsistent or conflicting stations authorized under this subpart. applications. Copies of the Commission’s rules may Section 73.3519—Repetitious applications. be obtained from the Superintendent of Section 73.3521—Mutually exclusive applica- Documents, Government Printing Of- tions for low power TV and TV translator stations. fice, Washington, DC 20402. Section 73.3522—Amendment of applications. [60 FR 55483, Nov. 1, 1995] Section 73.3525—Agreements for removing application conflicts. § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- Section 73.3533—Application for construction ble to translators, low power, and permit or modification of construction per- booster stations. mit. Section 73.3534—Application for extension of The following rules are applicable to construction permit or for construction TV translator, low power TV, and TV permit to replace expired construction per- booster stations: mit. Section 73.3536—Application for license to Section 73.653—Operation of TV aural and cover construction permit. visual transmitters. Section 73.3538 (a)(1)(3)(4), (b)(2)—Application Section 73.658—Affiliation agreements and to make changes in existing station. network program practices; territorial ex- Section 73.3539—Application for renewal of clusivity in non-network program arrange- license. ments. Section 73.3540—Application for voluntary Part 73, Subpart G—Emergency Broadcast assignment of transfer of control. System (for low power TV stations locally Section 73.3541—Application for involuntary originating programming as defined by assignment or transfer of control. § 74.701(h)). Section 73.3542—Application for emergency Section 73.1201—Station identification (for authorization. low power TV stations locally originating Section 73.3544—Application to obtain a programming as defined by § 74.701(h)). modified station license. Section 73.1206—Broadcast of telephone con- Section 73.3545—Application for permit to de- versations. liver programs to foreign stations. Section 73.1207—Rebroadcasts. Section 73.3550—Requests for new or modi- Section 73.1208—Broadcast of taped, filmed fied call sign assignments. or recorded material. Section 73.3561—Staff consideration of appli- Section 73.1211—Broadcast of lottery infor- cations requiring Commission action. mation. Section 73.3562—Staff consideration of appli- Section 73.1212—Sponsorship identifications; cations not requiring action by the Com- list retention, related requirements. mission. Section 73.1216—Licensee conducted con- Section 73.3564—Acceptance of applications. tests. Section 73.3566—Defective applications. Section 73.1510—Experimental authoriza- Section 73.3568—Dismissal of applications. tions. Section 73.3572—Processing of TV broadcast, Section 73.1515—Special field test authoriza- low power TV, and TV translator station tions. applications. Section 73.1615—Operation during modifica- Section 73.3580—Local public notice of filing tions of facilities. of broadcast applications.

498

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00508 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.783

Section 73.3584—Petitions to deny. The station records shall be made Section 73.3587—Informal objections. available upon request to any author- Section 73.3591—Grants without hearing. ized representative of the Commission. Section 73.3593—Designation for hearing. (d) Station logs and records shall be Section 73.3594—Local public notice of designation for hearing. retained for a period of two years. Section 73.3597—Procedures on transfer and [48 FR 44806, Sept. 30, 1983, as amended at 52 assignment applications. FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987] Section 73.3598—Period of construction. Section 73.3599—Forfeiture of construction § 74.783 Station identification. permit. Section 73.3601—Simultaneous modification (a) Each low power TV and TV trans- and renewal of license. lator station not originating local pro- Section 73.3603—Special waiver procedure gramming as defined by § 74.701(h) oper- relative to applications. ating over 0.001 kw peak visual power Section 73.3612—Annual employment report (0.002 kw when using circularly polar- (for low power TV stations only). Section 73.3613—Filing of contracts (network ized antennas) must transmit its sta- affiliation contracts for low power TV station identification as follows: tions only). (1) By transmitting the call sign in International Morse Code at least once [52 FR 7423, Mar. 11, 1987, as amended at 52 FR 25867, July 9, 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, each hour. This transmission may be 1987; 56 FR 28099, June 19, 1991; 59 FR 31557, accomplished by means of an auto- June 20, 1994; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997] matic device as required by § 74.750(c)(7). Call sign transmission § 74.781 Station records. shall be made at a code speed not in ex- (a) The licensee of a low power TV, cess of 20 words per minute; or TV translator, or TV booster station (2) By arranging for the primary sta- shall maintain adequate station tion, whose signal is being rebroadcast, records, including the current instru- to identify the translator station by ment of authorization, official cor- transmitting an easily readable visual respondence with the FCC, contracts, presentation or a clearly understand- permission for rebroadcasts, and other able aural presentation of the trans- pertinent documents. lator station’s call letters and location. (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this Two such identifications shall be made Chapter concerning any observed or between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. and 3 p.m. otherwise known extinguishment or and 5 p.m. each broadcast day at ap- improper functioning of a tower light: proximately one hour intervals during (1) The nature of such extinguish- each time period. Television stations ment or improper functioning. which do not begin their broadcast day (2) The date and time the extinguish- before 9 a.m. shall make these identi- ment or improper operation was ob- fications in the hours closest to these served or otherwise noted. time periods at the specified intervals. (3) The date, time and nature of ad- (b) Licensees of television translators justments, repairs or replacements whose station identification is made by made. the television station whose signals are (c) The station records shall be main- being rebroadcast by the translator, tained for inspection at a residence, of- must secure agreement with this tele- fice, or public building, place of busi- vision station licensee to keep in its ness, or other suitable place, in one of file, and available to FCC personnel, the communities of license of the the translator’s call letters and loca- translator or booster, except that the tion, giving the name, address and tele- station records of a booster or trans- phone number of the licensee or his lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- service representative to be contacted mary station may be kept at the same in the event of malfunction of the place where the primary station translator. It shall be the responsi- records are kept. The name of the per- bility of the translator licensee to fur- son keeping station records, together nish current information to the tele- with the address of the place where the vision station licensee for this purpose. records are kept, shall be posted in ac- (c) A low power TV station shall cordance with § 74.765(c) of the rules. comply with the station identification

499

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00509 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.784 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

procedures given in § 73.1201 when lo- or signals for direct reception by the cally originating programming, as de- general public. fined by § 74.701(h). The identification (b) The licensee of a low power TV or procedures given in paragraphs (a) and TV translator station shall not re- (b) are to be used at all other times. broadcast the programs of any other (d) Call signs for low power TV and TV broadcast station or other station TV translator stations will be made up authorized under the provisions of this of the initial letter K or W followed by Subpart without obtaining prior con- the channel number assigned to the sent of the station whose signals or station and two additional letters. The use of the initial letter generally will programs are proposed to be retrans- follow the pattern used in the broad- mitted. The FCC, Attention: Video Di- cast service, i.e., stations west of the vision, Media Bureau, shall be notified Mississippi River will be assigned an of the call letters of each station re- initial letter K and those east, the let- broadcast, and the licensee of the low ter W. The two letter combinations fol- power TV or TV broadcast translator lowing the channel number will be as- station shall certify it has obtained signed in order and requests for the as- written consent from the licensee of signment of the particular combina- the station whose programs are being tions of letters will not be considered. retransmitted. The channel number designator for (c) A TV translator station may re- Channels 2 through 9 will be incor- broadcast only programs and signals porated in the call sign as a 2-digit that are simultaneously transmitted number, i.e., 02, 03, . . . ., so as to avoid by a TV broadcast station. similarities with call signs assigned to (d) A TV booster station may re- amateur radio stations. broadcast only programs and signals (e) Low power TV permittees or li- that are simultaneously transmitted censees may request that they be as- by the primary station to which it is signed four-letter call signs in lieu of authorized. the five-character alpha-numeric call (e) The provisions of § 73.1207 of part signs described in paragraph (d) of this section. Parties requesting four-letter 73 of this chapter apply to low power call signs are to follow the procedures TV stations in transmitting any mate- delineated in § 73.3550 of this chapter. rial during periods of program origina- Such four-letter call signs shall begin tion obtained from the transmissions with K or W; stations west of the Mis- of any other type of station. sissippi River will be assigned an ini- (Sec. 325, 48 Stat. 1091; 47 U.S.C. 325) tial letter K and stations east of the Mississippi River will be assigned an [28 FR 13722, Dec. 14, 1963, as amended at 47 initial letter W. The four-letter call FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, sign will be followed by the suffix ‘‘- 1987; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, LP.’’ Mar. 21, 2002] (f) TV broadcast booster station shall § 74.785 Low power TV digital data be identified by their primary stations service pilot project. by broadcasting of the primary station’s call letters and location in ac- Low power TV stations authorized cordance with the provisions of § 73.1201 pursuant to the LPTV Digital Data of this chapter. Services Act (Public Law 106–554, 114 Stat. 4577, December 1, 2000) to partici- [41 FR 17552, Apr. 27, 1976, as amended at 47 FR 21502, May 18, 1982; 52 FR 7424, Mar. 11, pate in a digital data service pilot 1987; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; 59 FR 31557, project shall be subject to the provi- June 20, 1994; 63 FR 71604, Dec. 29, 1998] sions of the Commission Order implementing that Act. FCC 01–137, adopted § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. April 19, 2001, as modified by the Com- (a) The term rebroadcast means the mission Order on Reconsideration, FCC reception by radio of the programs or 02–40, adopted February 12, 2002. other signals of a radio or television station and the simultaneous or subse- [67 FR 9621, Mar. 4, 2002] quent retransmission of such programs

500

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00510 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.787

§ 74.786 Digital channel assignments. nels shall notify all potentially affect (a) An applicant for a new low power 700 MHz commercial licensees not later television or television translator dig- than 30 days prior to the submission of ital station or for changes in the facili- their application (FCC Form 346) in the ties of an authorized digital station manner provided in paragraph of this shall endeavor to select a channel on section. Stations proposing use of which its operation is not likely to channels 63, 64, 68 and 69 must secure a cause interference. The applications coordinated spectrum use agreement must be specific with regard to the with the pertinent 700 MHz public safe- channel requested. Only one channel ty regional planning committee and will be assigned each station. state administrator prior to the sub- (b) Any one of the 12 standard VHF mission of their application (FCC Form Channels (2 to 13 inclusive) may be as- 346). Coordination shall be undertaken signed to a VHF digital low power tele- with regional planning committee and vision or television translator station. state administrator of the region and Channels 5 and 6 assigned in Alaska state within which the digital LPTV or shall not cause harmful interference to translator station is proposed to be lo- and must accept interference from non- cated, and those of adjoining regions Government fixed operation authorized and states with boundaries within 75 prior to January 1, 1982. miles of the proposed station location. (c) UHF channels 14 to 36 and 38 to 51 Stations proposing use of channels 62, may be assigned to a UHF digital low 65, and 67 must notify the pertinent re- power television or television trans- gional planning committee and state lator station. In accordance with administrator not later than 30 days § 73.603(c) of this chapter, Channel 37 prior to the submission of their appli- will not be assigned to such stations. cation (FCC Form 346). Notification (d) UHF Channels 52–59 may be as- shall be made to the regional and state signed to a digital low power television administrators of region and state or television translator station for use within which the digital LPTV or as a digital conversion channel. These translator station is proposed to be lo- channels may also be assigned as a cated, and those of adjoining regions companion digital channel if the appli- and states with boundaries within 50 cant is able to demonstrate that a suit- miles of the proposed station location. able in core channel is not available. Information for this purpose is avail- Stations proposing use of such chan- able at the above web site and also at nels shall notify all potentially af- the following internet sites: http://wire- fected 700 MHz wireless licensees not less.fcc.gov/ later than 30 days prior to the submis- publicsafety700MHzregional.html, http:// sion of their application (FCC Form wireless.fcc.gov/publicsafety/700MHz/ state.html, and http://wireless.fcc.gov/ 346). Applicants shall notify wireless li- publicsafety/700MHz/interop-con- censees of the 700 MHz spectrum com- tacts.html. prising the same TV channel and the (f) Application for new analog low adjacent channel within whose licensed power television or television trans- geographic boundaries the digital lator stations specifying operation LPTV or translator station is proposed above Channel 51 will not be accepted to be located, and also notify licensees for filing. Applications for displace- of co-channel and adjacent channel ment relief on channels above 51 will spectrum whose service boundaries lie continue to be accepted. within 75 miles and 50 miles, respectively, of their proposed station loca- [69 FR 69332, Nov. 29, 2004] tion. Specific information for this purpose can be obtained from the Commis- § 74.787 Digital licensing. sion’s auction Web site at http:// (a) Applications for digital low power www.fcc.gov/auctions. television and television translator sta- (e) UHF Channels 60–69 may be as- tions—(1) Applications for digital conver- signed to a digital low power television sion. Applications for digital conversion or television translator station for use channels may be filed at any time. as a digital conversion channel only. Such applications shall be filed on FCC Stations proposing use of such chan- Form 346 and will be treated as a minor

501

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00511 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.787 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

change application. There will be no be non-mutually exclusive. All non- application fee. mutually exclusive applicants will be (2) Applications for companion digital required to submit an FCC Form 346 channel. (i) A public notice will specify pursuant to § 73.5005 of this chapter. a time period or ‘‘window’’ for filing Such applications shall be processed applications for companion digital pursuant to § 73.5006 of this chapter; channels. During this window, only ex- and isting low power television or tele- (v) With regard to fees, an applica- vision translator stations or licensees tion (FCC Form 346) for companion dig- and permittees of Class A TV stations ital channels shall be treated as a may submit applications for com- minor change application and there panion digital channels. Applications will be no application fee. submitted prior to the initial window (3) Construction permit applications for identified in the public notice will be new stations, major changes to existing returned as premature. At a subse- stations in the low power television serv- quent time, a public notice will an- ice. A public notice will specify the nouncement the commencement of a date upon which interested parties may filing procedure in which applications begin to file applications for new sta- will accepted on a first-come, first- tions and major facilities changes to served basis not restricted to existing existing stations in the low power tele- station licensees and permittees; vision service. It will specify param- (ii) Applications for companion dig- eters for any applications that may be ital channels filed during the initial filed. Applications submitted prior to window shall be filed in accordance date announced by the public notice with the provisions of §§ 1.2105 and will be returned as premature. Such ap- 73.5002 of this chapter regarding the plications shall be accepted on a first- submission of the short-form applica- come, first-served basis, and shall be tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate filed on FCC Form 346. Applications for certifications, information and exhib- new or major change shall be subject to its contained therein. To determine the appropriate application fee. Mutu- which applicants are mutually exclu- ally exclusive applications shall be re- sive, applicants must submit the engi- solved via the Commission’s part 1 and neering data contained in FCC Form broadcast competitive bidding rules, 346 as a supplement to its short-form § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. of this application. Such engineering data will chapter. Such applicants shall be af- not be studied for technical accept- forded an opportunity to submit settle- ability, but will be protected from sub- ments and engineering solutions to re- sequently filed applications as of the solve mutual exclusivity pursuant to close of the initial window period. De- § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. terminations as to the acceptability or (4) Displacement applications. A digital grantability of an applicant’s proposal low power television or television will not be made prior to an auction; translator station which is causing or (iii) After the close of the initial win- receiving interference or is predicted dow, a public notice will identify the to cause or receive interference to or short-form applications received dur- from an authorized TV broadcast sta- ing the window filing period which are tion, DTV station or allotment or found to be mutually exclusive. Such other protected station or service, may short-form applications will be re- at any time file a displacement relief solved via the Commission’s Part 1 and application for change in channel, to- broadcast competitive bidding rules, gether with technical modifications §§ 1.2100 et seq., and §§ 73.5000 et seq. of that are necessary to avoid inter- this chapter. Such applicants shall be ference or continue serving the sta- afforded an opportunity to submit set- tion’s protected service area, provided tlements and engineering solutions to the proposed transmitter site is not lo- resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant to cated more than 30 miles from the ref- § 73.5002(d) of this chapter; erence coordinates of the existing sta- (iv) After the close of the window, a tion’s community of license. See § 76.53 public notice will identify short-form of this chapter. A displacement relief applications received that are found to application shall be filed on FCC Form

502

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00512 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.787

346 and will be considered a minor replacement translator shall be limited change and will be placed on public no- to only a demonstrated loss area with- tice for a period of not less than 30 in the full-service station’s pre-transi- days to permit the filing of petitions to tion analog service area. ‘‘Analog serv- deny. These applications will not be ice area’’ is defined as the existing, au- subject to the filing of competing ap- thorized, protected service area actu- plications. Where a displacement relief ally served by the analog signal prior application for a digital low power tel- to analog termination for the DTV evision or television translator station transition. An applicant for a replace- becomes mutually exclusive the appli- ment digital television translator may cation(s) for new analog or digital low propose a de minimis expansion of its power television or television trans- full-service pre-transition analog serv- lator stations, with a displacement re- ice area upon demonstrating that the lief application for an analog low expansion is necessary to replace its power television or television trans- analog loss area. The license for the re- lator station, or with other non-displacement digital television translator placement relief applications for facili- will be associated with the full power ties modifications of analog or digital station’s main license, will be assigned low power television or television the same call sign, may not be sepa- translator stations, priority will be af- rately assigned or transferred, and will forded to the displacement application be renewed with the full-service sta- for the digital low power television or tion’s main license. television translator station to the ex- (ii) Each original construction per- clusion of other applications. Mutually mit for the construction of a replace- exclusive displacement relief applica- ment digital television translator stations for digital low power television tion shall specify a period of three and television translator stations shall years from the date of issuance of the be resolved via the Commission’s part 1 original construction permit within and broadcast competitive bidding which construction shall be completed rules, § 1.2100 et seq., and § 73.5000 et seq. and application for license filed. The of this chapter. Such applicants shall provisions of § 74.788(c) of this chapter be afforded an opportunity to submit shall apply for stations seeking addi- settlements and engineering solutions tional time to complete construction to resolve mutual exclusivity pursuant of their replacement digital television to § 73.5002(d) of this chapter. translator station. (5) Application for replacement digital (iii) A public notice will specify the television translator. (i) An application date upon which interested parties may for a replacement digital television begin to file applications for replace- translator may be filed at any time. A ment digital television translators. license for a replacement digital tele- Such applications shall be filed on FCC vision translator will be issued only to Form 346, shall be treated as an appli- a television broadcast station licensee cation for minor change and shall be that demonstrates in its application accepted on a first-come, first-served that a portion of the station’s pre-tran- basis. Mutually exclusive applications sition analog service area will not be shall be resolved via the Commission’s served by its full, post-transition dig- part 1 and broadcast competitive bid- ital facilities and that the proposed ding rules, § 1.2100 et seq. and § 73.5000 et translator will be used to provide serv- seq. of this chapter. ice to the area where service has been (iv) The following sections are appli- lost.’’ Replacement digital television cable to replacement digital television translators may operate on channels 2– translator stations: 51. Applications for replacement digital § 73.1030 Notifications concerning inter- television translator shall be given ference to radio astronomy, research and processing priority over all other low receiving installations. power television and TV translator ap- § 74.703 Interference. § 74.709 Land mobile station protection. plications except displacement applica- § 74.734 Attended and unattended operation. tions (with which they shall have co- § 74.735 Power Limitations. equal priority) as set forth in 47 CFR § 74.751 Modification of transmission sys- 73.3572(a)(4)(ii). The service area of the tems.

503

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00513 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.788 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.763 Time of Operation. (2) Such circumstances shall include, § 74.765 Posting of station and operator li- but shall not be limited to: censes. (i) Inability to construct and place in § 74.769 Copies of rules. operation a facility necessary for § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applicable to translators, low power, and booster sta- transmitting digital television, such as tions (except § 73.653—Operation of TV a tower, because of delays in obtaining aural and visual transmitters and zoning or FAA approvals, or similar § 73.1201—Station identification). constraints; § 74.781 Station records. (ii) The lack of equipment necessary § 74.784 Rebroadcasts. to obtain a digital television signal; or (b) Definitions of ‘‘major’’ and ‘‘minor’’ (iii) Where the cost of construction changes to digital low power television exceeds the station’s financial re- and television translator stations. (1) Ap- sources. plications for major changes in digital (3) The Bureau may grant no more low power television and television than two extension requests upon dele- translator stations include any change gated authority. Subsequent extension in the frequency (output channel) not requests shall be referred to the Com- related to displacement relief or transmission. The Bureau may deny exten- mitting antenna location where the sion requests upon delegated authority. protected contour resulting from the (4) Applications for extension of time change does not overlap some portion shall be filed no earlier than 90 and no of the protected contour of the author- later than 60 days prior to the relevant ized facilities of the existing station. construction deadline, absent a show- (2) Other facilities changes will be ing of sufficient reasons for filing with- considered minor. in less than 60 days of the relevant con- [69 FR 69333, Nov. 29, 2004, as amended at 74 struction deadline. FR 23655, May 20, 2009] [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004]

§ 74.788 Digital construction period. § 74.789 Broadcast regulations applica- (a) Each original construction permit ble to digital low power television for the construction of a new digital and television translator stations. low power television or television The following sections are applicable translator station shall specify a pe- to digital low power television and tel- riod of three years from the date of evision translator stations: issuance of the original construction § 73.1030 Notifications concerning in- permit within which construction shall terference to radio astronomy, re- be completed and application for li- search and receiving installations. cense filed. § 74.600 Eligibility for license. (b) Any construction permit for § 74.703 Interference. which construction has not been com- § 74.709 Land mobile station protec- pleted and for which an application for tion. license or extension of time has not § 74.732 Eligibility and licensing re- been filed, shall be automatically for- quirements. feited upon expiration without any fur- § 74.734 Attended and unattended oper- ther affirmative cancellation by the ation. Commission. § 74.735 Power limitations. (c) Authority delegated. (1) Authority § 74.751 Modification of transmission is delegated to the Chief, Media Bureau systems. to grant an extension of time of up to § 74.763 Time of operation. six months beyond the relevant con- § 74.765 Posting of station and oper- struction period for each original con- ator licenses. struction permit upon demonstration § 74.769 Copies of rules. by the digital licensee or permittee § 74.780 Broadcast regulations applica- that failure to meet the construction ble to translators, low power, and deadline is due to circumstances that booster stations (except § 73.653— are either unforeseeable or beyond the Operation of TV aural and visual licensee’s control where the licensee transmitters and § 73.1201—Station has take all reasonable steps to resolve identification). the problem expeditiously. § 74.781 Station records.

504

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00514 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.790

§ 74.784 Rebroadcasts. (d) Except as provided in (e) and (f) of this section, the technical characteris- [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] tics of the retransmitted signals shall § 74.790 Permissible service of digital not be deliberately altered so as to TV translator and LPTV stations. hinder reception on consumer DTV broadcast receiving equipment. (a) Digital TV translator stations (e) A digital TV translator station provide a means whereby the signals of shall not retransmit the programs and DTV broadcast stations may be re- signals of any TV broadcast or DTV transmitted to areas in which direct broadcast station(s) without the prior reception of such DTV stations is un- written consent of such station(s). A satisfactory due to distance or inter- digital TV translator may multiplex on vening terrain barriers. its output channel the video program (b) Except as provided in paragraph services of two or more TV broadcast (f) of this section, a digital TV trans- and/or DTV broadcast stations, pursu- lator station may be used only to re- ant to arrangements with all affected ceive the signals of a TV broadcast or stations, and for this limited purpose, DTV broadcast station, another digital is permitted to alter a TV broadcast TV translator station, a TV translator and/or DTV broadcast signal. relay station, a television intercity (f) A digital TV translator station relay station, a television STL station, may transmit locally originated visual or other suitable sources such as a and/or aural messages limited to emer- CARS or common carrier microwave gency warnings of imminent danger, to station, for the simultaneous retrans- local public service announcements mission of the programs and signals of (PSAs) and to seeking or acknowl- a TV or DTV broadcast station. Such edging financial support deemed nec- retransmissions may be accomplished essary to the continued operation of by any of the following means: the station. Acknowledgments of finan- (1) Reception of TV broadcast or DTV cial support may include identification broadcast station programs and signals of the contributors, the size and nature directly through space and conversion of the contribution and the advertising to a different channel by one of the fol- messages of the contributors. The lowing transmission modes: originations concerning financial sup- (i) Heterodyne frequency conversion port and PSAs are limited to 30 seconds and suitable amplification, subject to a each, no more than once per hour. digital output power limit of 30 watts Emergency transmissions shall be no for transmitters operating on channels longer or more frequent than necessary 14–69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- to protect life and property. Such ating on channels 2–13; or originations may be accomplished by (ii) Digital signal regeneration (i.e., any technical means agreed upon be- DTV signal demodulation, decoding, tween the TV translator and DTV sta- error processing, encoding, remodulation whose signal is being retrans- tion, and frequency upconversion) and mitted, but must be capable of being suitable amplification; or, received on consumer DTV broadcast (2) Demodulation, remodulation and reception equipment. A digital TV amplification of TV broadcast or DTV translator shall modify, as necessary broadcast station programs and signals to avoid DTV reception tuning con- received through a microwave trans- flicts, the Program System and Infor- port. mation Protocol (PSIP) information in (c) The transmissions of each digital the DTV broadcast signal being re- TV translator station shall be intended transmitted. for direct reception by the general pub- (g) A digital LPTV station may oper- lic, and any other use shall be inci- ate under the following modes of serv- dental thereto. A digital TV translator ice: station shall not be operated solely for (1) For the retransmission of pro- the purpose of relaying signals to one gramming of a TV broadcast or DTV or more fixed receiving points for rebroadcast station, subject to the prior transmission, distribution, or further written consent of the station whose relaying. signal is being retransmitted;

505

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00515 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.791 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(2) For the origination of program- tional letters and a suffix consisting of ming and commercial matter as de- the letter ¥D. fined in § 74.701(l). (c) Digital low power television stations (3) Whenever operating, a digital and Class A television stations. Digital LPTV station must transmit an over- low power television and Class A tele- the-air video program signal at no division stations may be assigned a call rect charge to viewers at least com- sign with a four-letter prefix pursuant parable in resolution to that of its as- to § 73.3550 of the Commission’s rules. sociated analog (NTSC) LPTV station Digital low power stations with four- or, in the case of an on-channel digital letter prefixes will be assigned the suf- conversion, that of its former analog fix ¥LD and digital Class A stations LPTV station. with four-letter prefixes will be as- (4) A digital LPTV station may dy- signed the suffix ¥CD. namically alter the bit stream of its signal to transmit one or more video [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] program services in any established DTV video format. § 74.792 Digital low power TV and TV translator station protected con- (h) A digital LPTV station is not sub- tour. ject to minimum required hours of operation and may operate in either of (a) A digital low power TV or TV the two modes described in paragraph translator will be protected from inter- (g) of this section for any number of ference from other low power TV, TV hours. translator, Class A TV or TV booster (i) Upon transmitting a signal that stations or digital low power TV, TV meets the requirements of paragraph translator or Class A TV stations with- (g)(3) of this section, a digital LPTV in the following predicted contours: station may offer services of any na- (1) 43 dBu for stations on Channels 2 ture, consistent with the public inter- through 6; est, convenience, and necessity, on an (2) 48 dBu for stations on Channels 7 ancillary or supplementary basis in ac- through 13; and cordance with the provisions of (3) 51 dBu for stations on Channels 14 § 73.624(c) and (g) of this chapter. through 69. (j) A digital LPTV station may not (b) The digital low power TV or TV be operated solely for the purpose of re- translator protected contour is cal- laying signals to one or more fixed re- culated from the authorized effective ceiving points for retransmission, dis- radiated power and antenna height tribution or relaying. above average terrain, using the (k) A digital LPTV station may re- F(50,90) signal propagation method ceive input signals for transmission or specified in § 73.625(b)(1) of this chapter. retransmission by any technical means, including those specified in [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] paragraph (b) of this section. § 74.793 Digital low power TV and TV [69 FR 69334, Nov. 29, 2004] translator station protection of broadcast stations. § 74.791 Digital call signs. (a) An application to construct a new (a) Digital low power stations. Call digital low power TV or TV translator signs for digital low power stations will station or change the facilities of an be made up of a prefix consisting of the existing station will not be accepted if initial letter K or W followed by the it fails to meet the interference protec- channel number assigned to the station tion requirements in this section. and two additional letters and a suffix (b) Except as provided in this section, consisting of the letters ¥D. interference prediction analysis is (b) Digital television translator stations. based on the interference thresholds Call signs for digital television trans- (D/U signal strength ratios) and other lator stations will be made up of a pre- criteria and methods specified in fix consisting of the initial letter K or § 73.623(c)(2) through (c)(4) of this chap- W followed by the channel number as- ter. Predictions of interference to co- signed to the station and two addi- channel DTV broadcast, digital Class A

506

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00516 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.794

TV, digital LPTV and digital TV trans- terference to the population within the lator stations will be based on the in- Grade B field strength contours defined terference thresholds specified therein and described in § 73.683 of this chapter, for ‘‘DTV-into-DTV.’’ Predictions of in- except that a digital low power TV or terference to co-channel TV broadcast, TV translator station must not cause a Class A TV, LPTV and TV translator loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of stations will be based on the inter- the population predicted to receive ference threshold specified for ‘‘DTV- service from the authorized TV broad- into-analog TV.’’ Predictions of inter- cast facilities. ference to TV broadcast, Class A TV, (g) Protection to the authorized fa- LPTV and TV translator stations with cilities of Class A and digital Class A the following channel relationships to TV stations shall be based on not caus- a digital channel will be based on the ing predicted interference to the popu- threshold values specified for ‘‘Other lation within the service area defined Adjacent Channels (Channels 14–69 and described in § 73.6010 (a) through (d) only),’’ where N is the analog channel: of this chapter, respectively, except N–2, N+2, N–3, N+3, N–4, N+4, N–7 , N+7, that a digital low power TV or TV N–8, N+8, N+14, and N+15. translator station must not cause a (c) The following D/U signal strength loss of service to 0.5 percent or more of ratios (dB) shall apply to the protec- the population predicted to receive tion of stations on the first adjacent service from the authorized Class A TV channel. The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital or digital Class A TV facilities. TV-into-analog TV’’ shall apply to the (h) Protection to the authorized fa- protection of TV broadcast, Class A cilities of low power TV and TV trans- TV, LPTV and TV translator stations. lator stations and digital low power TV The D/U ratios for ‘‘Digital TV-into- and TV translator stations shall be digital TV’’ shall apply to the protec- based on not causing predicted inter- tion of DTV, digital Class A TV, digital ference to the population within the LPTV and digital TV translator sta- service area defined and described in tions. The D/U ratios correspond to the §§ 74.707(a) and 74.792, respectively, ex- digital LPTV or TV translator sta- cept that a digital low power TV or TV tion’s specified out-of-channel emission translator station must not cause a mask. loss of service to 2.0 percent or more of Simple Stringent the population predicted to receive mask mask service from the authorized low power Digital TV-into-analog TV ...... 10 0 TV, TV translator, digital low power Digital TV-into-digital TV ...... ¥7 ¥12 TV or digital TV translator station.

(d) For analysis of predicted inter- [69 FR 69335, Nov. 29, 2004] ference from digital low power TV and TV translator stations, the relative § 74.794 Digital emissions. field strength values of the assumed (a)(1) An applicant for a digital LPTV antenna vertical radiation pattern in or TV translator station construction Table 8 in OET Bulletin 69 shall be dou- permit shall specify that the station bled up to a value of 1.0. will be constructed to confine out-of- (e) Protection to the authorized fa- channel emissions within one of the cilities of DTV broadcast stations shall following emission masks: simple or be based on not causing predicted in- stringent. terference to the population within the (2) The power level of emissions on service area defined and described in frequencies outside the authorized § 73.622(e) of this chapter, except that a channel of operation must be attenu- digital low power TV or TV translator ated no less than following amounts station must not cause a loss of service below the average transmitted power to 0.5 percent or more of the population within the authorized 6 MHz channel. predicted to receive service from the In the mask specifications listed in authorized DTV facilities. § 74.794(a)(2) and (a)(3), A is the attenu- (f) Protection to the authorized fa- ation in dB and Df is the frequency dif- cilities of TV broadcast stations shall ference in MHz from the edge of the be based on not causing predicted in- channel.

507

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00517 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.795 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(i) Simple mask. At the channel edges, more of the above channels must in- emissions must be attenuated no less clude filtering with an attenuation of than 46 dB. More than 6 MHz from the not less than 85 dB in the GPS bands, channel edges, emissions must be at- which will have the effect of reducing tenuated no less than 71 dB. At any fre- harmonics in the GPS bands from what quency between 0 and 6 MHz from the is produced by the digital transmitter, channel edges, emissions must be at- and this attenuation must be dem- tenuated no less than the value deter- onstrated as part of the certification mined by the following formula: application to the Commission. A (dB) = 46 + (Df2 /1.44) (2) For an installation on one of the (ii) Stringent mask. In the first 500 above channels with a digital trans- kHz from the channel edges, emissions mitter not specifically FCC-certifi- must be attenuated no less than 47 dB. cated for the channel, a low pass filter More than 3 MHz from the channel or equivalent device rated by its manu- edges, emissions must be attenuated no facturer to have an attenuation of at less than 76 dB. At any frequency be- least 85 dB in the GPS bands, which tween 0.5 and 3 MHz from the channel will have the effect of reducing edges, emissions must be attenuated no harmonics in the GPS bands from what less than the value determined by the is produced by the digital transmitter, following formula: and must be installed in a manner that will prevent the harmonic emission A(dB) = 47 + 11.5 ( f–0.5) D content from reaching the antenna. A (3) The attenuation values for the description of the low pass filter or simple and stringent emission masks equivalent device with the manufactur- are based on a measurement bandwidth er’s rating or a report of measurements of 500 kHz. Other measurement by a qualified individual shall be re- bandwidths may be used and converted tained with the station license. Field to the reference 500 kHz value by the measurements of the second or third following formula: harmonic output of a transmitter so equipped are not required. A(dB) = Aalternate + 10 log (BWalternate / 500) where A(dB) is the measured or cal- [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] culated attenuation value for the reference 500 kHz bandwidth, and A § 74.795 Digital low power TV and TV alternate translator transmission system fa- is the measured or calculated attenu- cilities. ation for a bandwidth BWalternate. Emis- sions include sidebands, spurious emis- (a) A digital low power TV or TV sions and radio harmonics. Attenu- translator station shall operate with a ation is to be measured at the output transmitter that is either certificated terminals of the transmitter (including for licensing based on the following any filters that may be employed). In provisions or has been modified for dig- the event of interference caused to any ital operation pursuant to § 74.796. service by out-of-channel emissions, (b) The following requirements must greater attenuation may be required. be met before digital low power TV and (b) In addition to meeting the emis- TV translator transmitter will be cer- sion attenuation requirements of the tificated by the FCC: simple or stringent mask (including at- (1) The transmitter shall be designed tenuation of radio frequency to produce digital television signals harmonics), digital low power TV and that can be satisfactorily viewed on TV translator stations authorized to consumer receiving equipment based operate on TV channels 22–24, (518–536 on the digital broadcast television MHz), 32–36 (578–608 MHz), 38 (614–620 transmission standard in § 73.682(d) of MHz), and 65–69 (776–806 MHz) must pro- this chapter; vide specific ‘‘out of band’’ protection (2) Emissions on frequencies outside to Radio Navigation Satellite Services the authorized channel, measured at in the bands: L5 (1164–1215 MHz); L2 the output terminals of the trans- (1215–1240 MHz) and L1 (1559–1610 MHz). mitter (including any filters that may (1) An FCC-certificated transmitter be employed), shall meet the require- specifically certified for use on one or ments of § 74.794, as applicable;

508

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00518 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.796

(3) The transmitter shall be equipped equipment (‘‘field modification kits’’) to display the digital power output and custom modifications. (i.e., average power over a 6 MHz chan- (1) The modifications and related per- nel) and shall be designed to prevent formance-testing shall be undertaken the power output from exceeding the by a person or persons qualified to per- maximum rated power output under form such work. any condition; (2) The final amplifier stage of an (4) When subjected to variations in analog transmitter modified for digital ambient temperature between 0 and 40 operation shall not have an ‘‘average degrees Centigrade and variations in digital power’’ output greater than 25 power main voltage between 85% and percent of its previous NTSC peak sync 115% of the rated power supply voltage, power output, unless the amplifier has the frequency stability of the local os- been specifically refitted or replaced to cillator in the RF channel upconverter operate at a higher power. shall be maintained within 10 kHz of (3) Analog heterodyne translators, the nominal value; and when modified for digital operation, (5) The transmitter shall be equipped will produce a power output (digital av- with suitable meters and jacks so that erage power over the 6 MHz channel) appropriate voltage and current meas- not exceeding 30 watts for transmitters urements may be made while the trans- operating on channels 14–69 and 3 watts mitter is in operation. for transmitters operating on channels (c) The following additional require- 2–13. ments apply to digital heterodyne (4) After completion of the modifica- translators: tion, suitable tests and measurements (1) The maximum rated power output shall be made to demonstrate compli- (digital average power over a 6 MHz ance with the applicable requirements channel) shall not exceed 30 watts for in this section including those in transmitters operating on channels 14– § 74.795. Upon installation of a field 69 and 3 watts for transmitters oper- modification kit, the transmitter shall ating on channels 2–13; and be performance-tested in accordance (2) The transmitter shall contain cir- with the manufacturer’s instructions. cuits which will maintain the digital (5) The station licensee shall notify average power output constant within the Commission upon completion of 1 dB when the strength of the input sig- the transmitter modifications. In the nal is varied over a range of 30 dB. case of custom modifications (those (d) Certification will be granted only not related to installation of manufac- upon a satisfactory showing that the turer-supplied and FCC-certificated transmitter is capable of meeting the equipment), the licensee shall certify requirements of paragraph (b) of this compliance with all applicable trans- section, pursuant to the procedures de- mission system requirements. scribed in § 74.750(e). (6) The licensee shall maintain with [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] the station’s records for a period of not less than two years the following infor- § 74.796 Modification of digital trans- mation and make this information to mission systems and analog trans- the Commission upon request: mission systems for digital oper- (i) A description of the modifications ation. performed and performance tests or, in (a) The provisions of § 74.751 shall the case of installation of a manufac- apply to the modification of digital low turer-supplied modification kit, a de- power TV and TV translator trans- scription of the nature of the modifica- mission systems and the modification tions, installation and test instruc- of existing analog transmission sys- tions and other material provided by tems for digital operation. the manufacturer; (b) The following additional provi- (ii) Results of performance-tests and sions shall apply to the modification of measurements on the modified trans- existing analog transmissions systems mitter; and for digital operation, including instal- (iii) Copies of related correspondence lation of manufacturers’ certificated with the Commission.

509

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00519 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.797 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(c) In connection with the on-channel tronically that it has reviewed its cur- conversion of existing analog transmit- rent Report and that it is accurate, in ters for digital operation, a limited al- lieu of filing a new Report. Ownership lowance is made for transmitters with Reports shall provide information as of final amplifiers that do not meet the October 1 of the year in which the re- attenuation of the Simple emission port is filed. For information on filing mask at the channel edges. Station li- requirements, filers should refer to censees may obtain equivalent compli- § 73.3615(a) of this chapter. ance with this attenuation requirement in the following manner: [74 FR 25168, May 27, 2009] (1) Measure the level of attenuation of emissions below the average digital Subpart H—Low Power Auxiliary power output at the channel edges in a Stations 500 kHz bandwidth; measurements made over a different measurement § 74.801 Definitions. bandwidth should be corrected to the Cable television system operator. A equivalent attenuation level for a 500 cable television operator is defined in kHz bandwidth using the formula given § 76.5(cc) of the rules. in § 74.794; Low power auxiliary station. An auxil- (2) Calculate the difference in dB be- iary station authorized and operated tween the 46 dB channel-edge attenu- pursuant to the provisions set forth in ation requirement of the Simple mask; this subpart. Devices authorized as low (3) Subtract the value determined in power auxiliary stations are intended the previous step from the authorized to transmit over distances of approxi- effective radiated power (‘‘ERP’’) of mately 100 meters for uses such as the analog station being converted to wireless microphones, cue and control digital operation. Then subtract an ad- communications, and synchronization ditional 6 dB to account for the approx- of TV camera signals. imate difference between analog peak Motion picture producer. Motion pic- and digital average power. For this ture producer refers to a person or or- purpose, the ERP must be expressed in ganization engaged in the production decibels above one kilowatt: ERP(dBk) or filming of motion pictures. = 10 log ERP(kW); Television program producer. Tele- (4) Convert the ERP calculated in the vision program producer refers to a previous step to units of kilowatts; and person or organization engaged in the (5) The ERP value determined production of television programs. through the above procedure will Wireless assist video device. An auxil- produce equivalent compliance with iary station authorized and operated the attenuation requirement of the simple emission mask at the channel by motion picture and television pro- edges and should be specified as the gram producers pursuant to the provi- digital ERP in the minor change appli- sions of this subpart. These stations cation for an on-channel digital con- are intended to transmit over distances version. The transmitter may not be of approximately 300 meters for use as operated to produce a higher digital an aid in composing camera shots on ERP than this value. motion picture and television sets. (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) [69 FR 69336, Nov. 29, 2004] [42 FR 14729, March 16, 1977, as amended at 43 § 74.797 Biennial Ownership Reports. FR 14662, Apr. 7, 1978; 51 FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986; The Ownership Report FCC Form 323 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 54 FR 41842, Oct. 12, must be electronically filed no later 1989; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003] than November 1, 2009, and every two § 74.802 Frequency assignment. years thereafter by each licensee of a low power television station or Re- (a) Frequencies within the following spondent (as defined in § 73.3615(a) of bands may be assigned for use by low this chapter). Beginning with the 2011 power auxiliary stations: filing, a licensee or Respondent with a 26.100–26.480 MHz current and unamended Report on file 54.000–72.000 MHz at the Commission may certify elec- 76.000–88.000 MHz

510

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00520 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.802

161.625–161.775 MHz (except in Puerto Rico or MHz band will have until no later than the Virgin Islands) June 12, 2010 to transition its oper- 174.000–216.000 MHz ations completely out of the 700 MHz 450.000–451.000 MHz 455.000–456.000 MHz band, subject to the following. During 470.000–488.000 MHz this transition period, any commercial 488.000–494.000 MHz (except Hawaii) or public safety licensee in the 700 MHz 494.000–608.000 MHz band may choose one or both of the fol- 614.000–698.000 MHz 944.000–952.000 MHz lowing voluntary methods to notify low power auxiliary stations: (b) Operations in the bands allocated (i) Any commercial or public safety for TV broadcasting, listed below, are licensee in the 700 MHz band may no- limited to locations removed from ex- tify the Commission that it has initi- isting co-channel TV broadcast sta- ated or will be initiating operations on tions by not less than the following specified frequencies in a particular distances unless otherwise authorized by the FCC. (See § 73.609 for zone defini- market(s) in the 700 MHz band. The tions.) wireless operations initiated by the (1) 54.000–72.000 MHz and 76.000–88.000 commercial or public safety 700 MHz li- MHz: censees may include system testing or trials. Following receipt of the notifi- Zone I 105 km (65 miles) cation, the Commission will issue a Zones II and III 129 km (80 miles) public notice providing that operators (2) 174.000–216.000 MHz of low power auxiliary stations, includ- Zone I 97 km (60 miles) ing wireless microphones, in the 700 Zones II and III 129 km (80 miles) MHz band in those market(s) will be re- (3) 470.000–608.000 MHz and 614.000– quired to cease operations within 60 698.000 MHz. days after the Commission’s notice is released. All zones 113 km (70 miles) (ii) Any commercial or public safety (c) Specific frequency operation is re- licensee in the 700 MHz band may no- quired when operating within the tify any low power auxiliary station bands allocated for TV broadcasting. users operating in the 700 MHz band (1) The frequency selection shall be that it has initiated or will be initi- offset from the upper or lower band ating operations on specified fre- limits by 25 kHz or an integral mul- quencies in the market in which the tiple thereof. low power auxiliary station is oper- (2) One or more adjacent 25 kHz seg- ating. The wireless operations initiated ments within the assignable fre- by the commercial or public safety 700 quencies may be combined to form a channel whose maximum bandwidth MHz licensees may include system shall not exceed 200 kHz. testing or trials. Upon receipt of such (d) Low power auxiliary licensees notice, the low power auxiliary station will not be granted exclusive frequency in the affected market area must cease assignments. operation within 60 days. (e) Clearing mechanisms for the 700 (iii) In the event that both of these MHz Band. This section sets forth pro- notice provisions in paragraphs (e)(2)(i) visions relating to the transition of low and (ii) of this section are used with re- power auxiliary stations operating at spect to a particular low power auxil- 698–806 MHz (700 MHz band). iary station, the low power auxiliary (1) Any low power auxiliary station station will have to cease operations in that operates at frequencies in the 700 the market(s) in accordance with MHz band while transitioning its oper- whichever notice provides for earlier ations out of that band must not cause termination of its operations. harmful interference and must accept (3) Notwithstanding this 60 day no- interference from any commercial or tice requirement, any low power auxil- public safety wireless licensees in the iary station that causes harmful inter- 700 MHz band. (2) Any low power auxiliary station ference to any commercial or public that operates at frequencies in the 700

511

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00521 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.803 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

safety 700 MHz licensee must cease op- signals in lieu of cable to deliver pic- erations immediately, consistent with ture signals to the control point at the the rules for secondary use. scene of a remote broadcast. [52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987, as amended at 68 [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 51 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003; 75 FR 3638, Jan. 22, FR 4603, Feb. 6, 1986] 2010] § 74.832 Licensing requirements and § 74.803 Frequency selection to avoid procedures. interference. (a) A license authorizing operation of (a) Where two or more low power one or more low power auxiliary sta- auxiliary licensees need to operate in tions will be issued only to the fol- the same area, the licensees shall en- lowing: deavor to select frequencies or sched- (1) A licensee of an AM, FM, TV, or ule operation in such manner as to International broadcast station or low avoid mutual interference. If a mutu- power TV station. Low power auxiliary ally satisfactory arrangement cannot stations will be licensed for used with a be reached, the Commission shall be specific broadcast or low power TV sta- notified and it will specify the frequency or frequencies to be employed tion or combination of stations li- by each licensee. censed to the same licensee within the (b) The selection of frequencies in the same community. bands allocated for TV broadcasting for (2) A broadcast network entity. use in any area shall be guided by the (3) A cable television system operator need to avoid interference to TV broad- who operates a cable system that pro- cast reception. In these bands, low duces program material for origination power auxiliary station usage is sec- or access cablecasting, as defined in ondary to TV broadcasting and land § 76.5(r). mobile stations operating in the UHF- (4) Motion picture producers as de- TV spectrum and must not cause harm- fined in § 74.801. ful interference. If such interference (5) Television program producers as occurs, low power auxiliary station op- defined in § 74.801. eration must immediately cease and (6) Licensees and conditional licens- may not be resumed until the inter- ees of stations in the Service and Mul- ference problem has been resolved. tichannel Multipoint Distribution Service as defined in § 21.2 of this chap- [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 52 FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987] ter, or entities that hold an executed lease agreement with an MDS or § 74.831 Scope of service and permis- MMDS licensee or conditional licensee sible transmissions. or with an Instructional Television The license for a low power auxiliary Fixed Service licensee or permittee. station authorizes the transmission of (b) An application for a new or re- cues and orders to production per- newal of low power auxiliary license sonnel and participants in broadcast shall specify the frequency band or programs and motion pictures and in bands desired. Only those frequency the preparation therefor, the trans- bands necessary for satisfactory oper- mission of program material by means ation shall be requested. of a wireless microphone worn by a per- (c) Licensees of AM, FM, TV, and former and other participants in a pro- International broadcast stations; low gram or motion picture during re- power TV stations; and broadcast net- hearsal and during the actual broad- work entities may be authorized to op- cast, filming, or recording, or the erate low power auxiliary stations in transmission of comments, interviews, the frequency bands set forth in and reports from the scene of a remote § 74.802(a). broadcast. Low power auxiliary sta- (d) Cable television operations, mo- tions operating in the 944–952 MHz band tion picture and television program may, in addition, transmit synchro- producers may be authorized to operate nizing signals and various control sig- low power auxiliary stations only in nals to portable or hand-carried TV the bands allocated for TV broad- cameras which employ low power radio casting.

512

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00522 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.833

(e) An application for low power aux- the area of operation specified in the iliary stations or for a change in an ex- authorization, or in other bands is per- isting authorization shall specify the mitted without further authority of broadcast station, or the network with the Commission. However, operation of which the low power broadcast auxil- low power auxiliary stations shall, at iary facilities are to be principally all times, be in accordance with the reused as given in paragraph (h) of this quirements of § 74.882 of this subpart. section; or it shall specify the motion Also, a low power auxiliary station picture or television production com- that is being used with a broadcast sta- pany or the cable television operator tion or network other than one with with which the low power broadcast which it is licensed, must, in addition auxiliary facilities are to be solely to meeting the requirements of § 74.861 used. A single application, filed on FCC of this subpart, not cause harmful in- Form 601 may be used in applying for terference to another low power auxil- the authority to operate one or more iary station which is being used with low power auxiliary units. The applica- the broadcast station(s) or network tion must specify the frequency bands with which it is licensed. which will be used. Motion picture pro- (i) In case of permanent discontinu- ducers, television program producers, ance of operations of a station licensed and cable television operators are re- under this subpart, the licensee shall quired to attach a single sheet to their cancel the station license using FCC application form explaining in detail Form 601. For purposes of this section, the manner in which the eligibility re- a station which is not operated for a quirements given in paragraph (a) of period of one year is considered to have this section are met. been permanently discontinued. (f) Applications for the use of the (j) The license shall be retained in bands allocated for TV broadcasting the licensee’s files at the address must specify the usual area of oper- shown on the authorization, posted at ation within which the low power aux- the transmitter, or posted at the con- iliary station will be used. This area of trol point of the station. operation may, for example, be specified as the metropolitan area in which [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 the broadcast licensee serves, or the FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 21503, May 18, usual area within which motion picture 1982; 47 FR 55938, Dec. 14, 1982; 51 FR 4603, and television producers are operating. Feb. 6, 1986; 51 FR 9966, Mar. 24, 1986; 52 FR Because low power auxiliary stations 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 55 FR 46012, Oct. 31, 1990; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, operating in these bands will only be 2003; 69 FR 72045, Dec. 10, 2004] permitted in areas removed from existing co-channel TV broadcast stations, § 74.833 Temporary authorizations. licensees have full responsibility to ensure that operation of their stations (a) Special temporary authority may does not occur at distances less than be granted for low power auxiliary sta- those specified in § 74.802(b). tion operation which cannot be con- (g) Low power auxiliary licensees ducted in accordance with § 74.24. Such shall specify the maximum number of authority will normally be granted units that will be operated. only for operations of a temporary na- (h) For broadcast licensees, low ture. Where operation is seen as likely power auxiliary stations will be li- on a continuing annual basis, an appli- censed for use with a specific broadcast cation for a regular authorization station or combination of broadcast should be submitted. stations licensed to the same licensee (b) A request for special temporary and to the same community. Licensing authority for the operation of a remote of low power auxiliary stations for use pickup broadcast station must be made with a specific broadcast station or in accordance with the procedures of combination of such stations does not § 1.931(b) of this chapter. preclude their use with other broadcast (c) All requests for special temporary stations of the same or a different li- authority of a low power auxiliary sta- censee at any location. Operation of tion must include full particulars in- low power auxiliary stations outside cluding: licensees name and address,

513

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00523 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.851 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

statement of eligibility, facility identi- Commission’s Rules and Regulations fication number of the associated which specifies the fees required when broadcast station (if any), type and filing an application for certification. manufacturer of equipment, power out- (c) An applicant for a low power aux- put, emission, frequency or frequencies iliary station may also apply for cer- proposed to be used, commencement tification for an individual transmitter and termination date, location of pro- by following the certification proce- posed operation, and purpose for which dure set forth in part 2 of the Commis- request is made including any par- sion’s Rules and Regulations. The ap- ticular justification. plication for certification must be ac- (d) A request for special temporary companied by the proper fees as pre- authority shall specify a frequency scribed in part 1 of the Commission’s band consistent with the provisions of Rules and Regulations. § 74.802: Provided, That, in the case of (d) Low power auxiliary station events of wide-spread interest and im- equipment authorized to be used pursu- portance which cannot be transmitted ant to an application accepted for fil- successfully on these frequencies, fre- ing prior to December 1, 1977 may con- quencies assigned to other services tinue to be used by the licensee or its may be requested upon a showing that operation thereon will not cause inter- successors or assignees: Provided, how- ference to established stations: And ever, If operation of such equipment provided further, In no case will oper- causes harmful interference due to its ation of a low power auxiliary broad- failure to comply with the technical cast station be authorized on fre- standards set forth in this subpart, the quencies employed for the safety of life Commission may, at its discretion, re- and property. quire the licensee to take such correc- (e) The user shall have full control tive action as is necessary to eliminate over the transmitting equipment dur- the interference. ing the period it is operated. (e) Each instrument of authority (f) Special temporary authority to which permits operation of a low power permit operation of low power auxil- auxiliary station using equipment iary stations pending Commission ac- which has not been certificated will tion on an application for regular au- specify the particular transmitting thority will not normally be granted. equipment which the licensee is authorized to use. [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 47 FR 9221, Mar. 4, 1982; 47 FR 55939, Dec. 14, (f) All transmitters marketed for use 1982; 58 FR 19776, Apr. 16, 1993; 68 FR 12772, under this subpart shall be certificated Mar. 17, 2003] by the Federal Communications Com- mission for this purpose. (Refer to sub- § 74.851 Certification of equipment; part I of part 2 of the Commission’s prohibition on manufacture, im- rules and regulations.) port, sale, lease, offer for sale or lease, or shipment of devices that (g) No person shall manufacture, im- operate in the 700 MHz Band; label- port, sell, lease, offer for sale or lease, ing for 700 MHz band equipment or ship low power auxiliary stations destined for non-U.S. markets; dis- that are capable of operating in the 700 closure for the core TV bands. MHz band (698–806 MHz). This prohibi- (a) Applications for new low power tion does not apply to devices manufac- auxiliary stations will not be accepted tured solely for export. unless the transmitting equipment (h) Any person who manufactures, specified therein has been certificated sells, leases, or offers for sale or lease for use pursuant to provisions of this low power auxiliary stations, including subpart. wireless microphones, that are destined (b) Any manufacturer of a trans- for non-U.S. markets and that are ca- mitter to be used in this service may pable of operating in the 700 MHz band apply for certification for such trans- shall include labeling and make clear mitter following the certification pro- in all sales, marketing, and packaging cedure set forth in part 2 of the Com- materials, including online materials, mission’s Rules and Regulations. At- relating to such devices that the de- tention is also directed to part 1 of the vices cannot be operated in the U.S.

514

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00524 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.861

(i) Any person, whether such person (c) Low power auxiliary transmitters is a wholesaler or a retailer, who man- not required to operate on specific car- ufactures, sells, leases, or offers for rier frequencies shall operate suffi- sale or lease low power auxiliary sta- ciently within the authorized fre- tions that operate in the core TV bands quency band edges to insure the emis- (channels 2–51, excluding channel 37) is sion bandwidth falls entirely within subject to the disclosure requirements the authorized band. in § 15.216 of this chapter. (d) For low power auxiliary stations operating in the bands other than (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) those allocated for TV broadcasting, [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 42 the following technical requirements FR 43637, Aug. 22, 1977; 43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, are imposed. 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. (1) The maximum transmitter power 22, 2010] which will be authorized is 1 watt. Li- censees may accept the manufacturer’s § 74.852 Equipment changes. power rating; however, it is the licens- (a) The licensee of a low power auxil- ee’s responsibility to observe specified iary station may make any changes in power limits. the equipment that are deemed desir- (2) If a low power auxiliary station able or necessary, including replace- employs amplitude modulation, modu- ment with certificated equipment, lation shall not exceed 100 percent on without prior Commission approval: positive or negative peaks. Provided, The proposed changes will not (3) The occupied bandwidth shall not depart from any of the terms of the be greater than that necessary for sat- station authorization or the Commis- isfactory transmission and, in any sion’s technical rules governing this event, an emission appearing on any service: And provided further, That any discrete frequency outside the author- changes made to certificated trans- ized band shall be attenuated, at least, mitted equipment shall be in compli- 43+10 log10 (mean output power, in ance with the provisions of part 2 of watts) dB below the mean output the Commission’s rules and regulations power of the transmitting unit. concerning modification of certificated (e) For low power auxiliary stations equipment. operating in the bands allocated for TV (b) Any equipment changes made pur- broadcasting, the following technical suant to paragraph (a) of this section requirements apply: shall be set forth in the next applica- (1) The power of the measured tion for renewal of license. unmodulated carrier power at the output of the transmitter power amplifier (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) (antenna input power) may not exceed [42 FR 14729, Mar. 16, 1977, as amended at 43 the following: FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978; 63 FR 36605, July 7, (i) 54–72, 76–88, and 174–216 MHz 1998] bands—50 mW (ii) 470–608 and 614–698 MHz bands—250 § 74.861 Technical requirements. mW (a) Transmitter power is the power at (2) Transmitters may be either crys- the transmitter output terminals and tal controlled or frequency syn- delivered to the antenna, antenna thesized. transmission line, or any other imped- (3) Any form of modulation may be ance-matched, radio frequency load. used. A maximum deviation of ±75 kHz For the purpose of this subpart, the is permitted when frequency modula- transmitter power is the carrier power. tion is employed. (b) Each authorization for a new low (4) The frequency tolerance of the power auxiliary station shall require transmitter shall be 0.005 percent. the use of certificated equipment. Such (5) The operating bandwidth shall not equipment shall be operated in accord- exceed 200 kHz. ance with the emission specifications (6) The mean power of emissions shall included in the certification grant and be attenuated below the mean output as prescribed in paragraphs (c) through power of the transmitter in accordance (e) of this section. with the following schedule:

515

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00525 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.870 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(i) On any frequency removed from § 74.870 Wireless video assist devices. the operating frequency by more than Television broadcast auxiliary licens- 50 percent up to and including 100 per- ees and motion picture and television cent of the authorized bandwidth: at producers, as defined in § 74.801 may op- least 25 dB; erate wireless video assist devices on a (ii) On any frequency removed from non-interference basis on VHF and the operating frequency by more than UHF television channels to assist with 100 percent up to and including 250 per- production activities. cent of the authorized bandwidth: at (a) The use of wireless video assist least 35 dB; devices must comply with all provi- (iii) On any frequency removed from sions of this subpart, except as indi- the operating frequency by more than cated in paragraphs (b) through (i) of 250 percent of the authorized band- this section. (b) Wireless video assist devices may width: at least 43+10log10 (mean output power in watts) dB. only be used for scheduled productions. (f) Unusual transmitting antennas or They may not be used to produce live antenna elevations shall not be used to events and may not be used for elec- deliberately extend the range of low tronic news gathering purposes. (c) Wireless video assist devices may power auxiliary stations beyond the operate with a bandwidth not to exceed limited areas defined in § 74.831. 6 MHz on frequencies in the bands 180– (g) Low power auxiliary stations 210 MHz (TV channels 8–12) and 470–698 shall be operated so that no harmful MHz (TV channels 14–51) subject to the interference is caused to any other following restrictions: class of station operating in accord- (1) The bandwidth may only occupy a ance with Commission’s rules and regu- single TV channel. lations and with the Table of Fre- (2) Operation is prohibited within the quency Allocations in part 2 thereof. 608–614 MHz (TV channel 37) band. (h) In the event a station’s emissions (3) Operation is prohibited within 129 outside its authorized frequency band km of a television broadcasting sta- causes harmful interference, the Com- tion, including Class A television sta- mission may, at its discretion, require tions, low power television stations the licensee to take such further steps and translator stations. as may be necessary to eliminate the (4) For the area and frequency com- interference. binations listed in the table below, operation is prohibited within the dis- (Sec. 5, 48 Stat. 1068; 47 U.S.C. 155) tances indicated from the listed geo- [43 FR 13576, Mar. 31, 1978, as amended at 52 graphic coordinates. FR 2535, Jan. 23, 1987; 63 FR 36605, July 7, NOTE TO THE FOLLOWING TABLE: All coordi- 1998; 75 FR 3639, Jan. 22, 2010] nates are referenced to the North American Datum of 1983.

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

Boston, MA ...... 42°21′24.4″ 71°03′23.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Chicago, IL ...... 41°52′28.1″ 87°38′ 22.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... Cleveland, OH1 ...... 41°29′51.2″ 81°41′49.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Dallas/Fort Worth, TX ...... 32°47′09.5″ 96°47′38.0″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... Detroit, MI 1 ...... 42°19′48.1″ 83°02′56.7″ 470–476 ...... 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ......

516

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00526 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.870

Excluded Excluded channels Area North latitude West longitude frequencies (MHz) 200 km 128 km 52 km

Gulf of Mexico ...... 476–494 ...... 15, 16, 17 Hawaii ...... 488–494 ...... 17 Houston, TX ...... 29°45′26.8″ 95°21′37.8″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Los Angeles, CA ...... 34°03′15.0″ 118°14′31.3″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Miami, Fl ...... 25°46′38.4″ 80°11′31.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... New York/NE New Jersey ...... 40°45′ 73°59′37.5″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 ...... 20 ...... Philadelphia, PA ...... 39°56′58.4″ 75°09′19.6″ 494–500 ...... 18 ...... 500–506 19 ...... 506–512 20 ...... 512–518 ...... 21 ...... Pittsburgh, PA ...... 40°26′19.2″ 79°59′59.2″ 470–476 14 ...... 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 488–494 ...... 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... San Francisco/Oakland, CA ...... 37°46′38.7″ 122°24′43.9″ 476–482 ...... 15 ...... 482–488 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 ...... 18 ...... Washington D.C./MD/VA ...... 38°53′51.4″ 77°00′31.9″ 482–488 ...... 16 ...... 488–494 17 ...... 494–500 18 ...... 500–506 ...... 19 ...... 1 The distance separation requirements are not applicable in these cities until further order from the Commission.

(d) Wireless video assist devices are (2) Licensees may operate as many limited to a maximum of 250 milliwatts wireless video assist devices as nec- ERP and must limit power to that necessary, subject to the notification pro- essary to reliably receive a signal at a cedures of this section. distance of 300 meters. Wireless video (g) Notification procedure. Prior to the assist devices must comply with the commencement of transmitting, licens- emission limitations of § 74.637. ees must notify the local broadcasting (e) The antenna of a wireless video coordinator of their intent to transmit. assist device must be attached to the If there is no local coordinator in the transmitter either permanently, or by intended area of operation, licensees means of a unique connector designed must notify all adjacent channel TV to allow replacement of authorized an- stations within 161 km (100 mi) of the tennas but prevent the use of unau- proposed operating area. thorized antennas. When transmitting, (1) Notification must be made at the antenna must not be more that 10 least 10 working days prior to the date meters above ground level. of intended transmission. (f)(1) A license for a wireless video as- (2) Notifications must include: sist device will authorize the license (i) Frequency or frequencies. holder to use all frequencies available (ii) Location. for wireless video assist devices, sub- (iii) Antenna height. ject to the limitations specified in this (iv) Emission type(s). section. (v) Effective radiated power.

517

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00527 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.882 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

(vi) Intended dates of operation. § 74.882 Station identification. (vii) Licensee contact information. (a) For transmitters used for voice (3)(i) Failure of a local coordinator to transmissions and having a trans- respond to a notification request prior mitter output power exceeding 50 mW, to the intended dates of operation indi- an announcement shall be made at the cated on the request will be considered as having the approval of the coordi- beginning and end of each period of op- nator. In this case, licensees must in eration at a single location, over the addition notify all co-channel and adja- transmitting unit being operated, iden- cent channel TV stations within 161 tifying the transmitting unit’s call km (100 mi) of the proposed operating sign or designator, its location, and the area. This notification is for informa- call sign of the broadcasting station or tion purposes only and will not enable name of the licensee with which it is TV stations to prevent a WAVD from being used. A period of operation may operating, but is intended to help iden- consist of a continuous transmission or tify the source of interference if any is intermittent transmissions pertaining experienced after a WAVD begins oper- to a single event. ation. (b) Each wireless video assist device, (ii) If there is no local coordinator in when transmitting, must transmit sta- the intended area of operation, failure tion identification at the beginning of any adjacent channel TV station to and end of each period of operation. respond to a notification request prior Identification may be made by trans- to the intended dates of operation indi- mitting the station call sign by visual cated on the request will be considered or aural means or by automatic trans- as having the approval of the TV sta- mission in international Morse teleg- tion. raphy. (4) Licensees must operate in a man- (1) A period of operation is defined as ner consistent with the response of the a single uninterrupted transmission or local coordinator, or, if there is no a series of intermittent transmissions local coordinator in the intended area from a single location. of operation, the responses of the adja- (2) Station identification shall be cent channel TV stations. Disagree- performed in a manner conducive to ments may be appealed to the Commis- prompt association of the signal source sion. However, in those instances, the with the responsible licensee. In exer- licensee will bear the burden of proof cising the discretion provide by this and proceeding to overturn the rec- rule, licensees are expected too act in a ommendation of the local coordinator responsible manner to assure that re- or the co-channel or adjacent channel sult. TV station. [68 FR 12774, Mar. 17, 2003] (h) Licenses for wireless video assist devices may not be transferred or assigned. Subparts I–K [Reserved] (i) The product literature that manufacturers include with a wireless assist Subpart L—FM Broadcast Trans- video device must contain information lator Stations and FM Broad- regarding the requirement for users to cast Booster Stations obtain an FCC license, the requirement that stations must locate at least 129 SOURCE: 35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, unless kilometers away from a co-channel TV otherwise noted. station, the limited class of users that may operate these devices, the author- § 74.1201 Definitions. ized uses, the need for users to obtain (a) FM translator. A station in the a license, and the requirement that a broadcasting service operated for the local coordinator (or adjacent channel purpose of retransmitting the signals TV stations, if there is no local coordi- of an AM or FM radio broadcast sta- nator) must be notified prior to oper- tion or another FM broadcast trans- ation. lator station without significantly al- [68 FR 12772, Mar. 17, 2003, as amended at 68 tering any characteristics of the in- FR 69331, Dec. 12, 2003] coming signal other than its frequency

518

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00528 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1202

and amplitude, in order to provide a 25-mile (40 km) radius centered at the radio broadcast service to the general AM transmitter site. The protected public. contour for an FM translator station is (b) Commercial FM translator. An FM its predicted 1 mV/m contour. broadcast translator station which re- (h) Fill-in area. The area where the broadcasts the signals of a commercial coverage contour of an FM translator AM or FM radio broadcast station. or booster station is within the pro- (c) Noncommercial FM translator. An tected contour of the associated pri- FM broadcast translator station which mary station (i.e., predicted 0.5 mV/m rebroadcasts the signals of a non- contour for commercial Class B sta- commercial educational AM or FM tions, predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for radio broadcast station. commercial Class B1 stations, and pre- (d) Primary station. The AM or FM dicted 1 mV/m contour for all other radio broadcast station radiating the classes of stations). signals which are retransmitted by an (i) Other area. The area where the FM broadcast translator station or an coverage contour of an FM translator FM broadcast booster station. station extends beyond the protected (e) AM or FM radio broadcast station. contour of the primary station (i.e., When used in this Subpart L, the term predicted 0.5 mV/m contour for com- AM broadcast station or AM radio mercial Class B stations, predicted 0.7 broadcast station or FM broadcast sta- mV/m contour for commercial Class B1 tion or FM radio broadcast station re- stations, and predicted 1 mV/m contour fers to commercial and noncommercial for all other classes of stations). educational AM or FM radio broadcast (j) AM Fill-in area. The area within stations as defined in § 2.1 of this chap- the lesser of the 2 mV/m daytime con- ter, unless the context indicates other- tour of the AM radio broadcast station wise. being rebroadcast and a 25-mile (40 km) (f) FM broadcast booster station. A sta- radius centered at the AM transmitter tion in the broadcasting service oper- site. ated for the sole purpose of retransmit- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR ting the signals of an FM radio broad- 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31405, Aug. 20, 1987; cast station, by amplifying and reradi- 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990; 74 FR 45129, Sept. ating such signals, without signifi- 1, 2009] cantly altering any characteristic of the incoming signal other than its am- § 74.1202 Frequency assignment. plitude. (a) An applicant for a new FM broad- (g) Translator coverage contour. For a cast translator station or for changes fill-in FM translator rebroadcasting an in the facilities of an authorized trans- FM radio broadcast station as its pri- lator station shall endeavor to select a mary station, the FM translator’s cov- channel on which its operation is not erage contour must be contained with- likely to cause interference to the re- in the primary station’s coverage con- ception of other stations. The applica- tour. For purposes of this rule section, tion must be specific with regard to the the coverage contour of the FM trans- frequency requested. Only one output lator has the same field strength value channel will be assigned to each trans- as the protected contour of the pri- lator station. mary FM station (i.e., for a commercial (b) Subject to compliance with all Class B FM station it is the predicted the requirements of this subpart, FM 0.5 mV/m field strength contour, for a broadcast translators may be author- commercial Class B1 FM station it is ized to operate on the following FM the predicted 0.7 mV/m field strength channels, regardless of whether they contour, and for all other classes of FM are assigned for local use in the FM stations it is the predicted 1 mV/m Table of Allotments (§ 73.202(b) of this field strength contour). The coverage chapter): contour of an FM translator rebroad- (1) Commercial FM translators: Chan- casting an AM radio broadcast station nels 221–300 as identified in § 73.201 of as its primary station must be con- this chapter. tained within the lesser of the 2 mV/m (2) Noncommercial FM translators: daytime contour of the AM station and Channels 201–300 as identified in § 73.201

519

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00529 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1203 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

of this chapter. Use of reserved chan- without impairment to the original re- nels 201–220 is subject to the restric- ception, the licensee of the FM trans- tions specified in § 73.501 of this chap- lator or booster station is absolved of ter. further responsibility for that com- (3) In Alaska, FM translators oper- plaint. ating on Channels 201–260 (88.1–99.9 (c) An FM booster station will be ex- MHz) shall not cause harmful inter- empted from the provisions of para- ference to and must accept inter- graphs (a) and (b) of this section to the ference from non-Government fixed op- extent that it may cause limited inter- erations authorized prior to January 1, ference to its primary station’s signal, 1982. provided it does not disrupt the existing (c) An FM broadcast booster station service of its primary station or cause will be assigned the channel assigned such interference within the bound- to its primary station. aries of the principal community of its primary station. [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 39 FR (d) A fill-in FM translator operating 12990, Apr. 10, 1974; 47 FR 30068, July 12, 1982; 52 FR 8260, Mar. 17, 1987; 55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, on the first, second or third adjacent 1990] channel to its primary station’s channel will be exempt from the provisions § 74.1203 Interference. of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section (a) An authorized FM translator or to the extent that it may cause limited booster station will not be permitted interference to its primary station’s to continue to operate if it causes any signal, provided it does not disrupt the actual interference to: existing service of its primary station (1) The transmission of any author- or cause such interference within the ized broadcast station; or boundaries of the principal community (2) The reception of the input signal of its primary station. of any TV translator, TV booster, FM (e) It shall be the responsibility of translator or FM booster station; or the licensee of an FM translator or FM (3) The direct reception by the public booster station to correct any condi- of the off-the-air signals of any author- tion of interference which results from ized broadcast station including TV the radiation of radio frequency energy Channel 6 stations, Class D (secondary) by its equipment on any frequency out- noncommercial educational FM sta- side the assigned channel. Upon notice tions, and previously authorized and by the Commission to the station li- operating FM translators and FM censee that such interference is being booster stations. Interference will be caused, the operation of the FM trans- considered to occur whenever reception lator or FM booster station shall be of a regularly used signal is impaired suspended within three minutes and by the signals radiated by the FM shall not be resumed until the inter- translator or booster station, regard- ference has been eliminated or it can less of the quality of such reception, be demonstrated that the interference the strength of the signal so used, or is not due to spurious emissions by the the channel on which the protected sig- FM translator or FM booster station; nal is transmitted. provided, however, that short test trans- (b) If interference cannot be properly missions may be made during the pe- eliminated by the application of suit- riod of suspended operation to check able techniques, operation of the of- the efficacy of remedial measures. fending FM translator or booster sta- [55 FR 50693, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 60 tion shall be suspended and shall not be FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995] resumed until the interference has been eliminated. Short test trans- § 74.1204 Protection of FM broadcast, missions may be made during the pe- FM Translator and LP100 stations. riod of suspended operation to check (a) An application for an FM trans- the efficacy of remedial measures. If a lator station will not be accepted for complainant refuses to permit the FM filing if the proposed operation would translator or booster licensee to apply involve overlap of predicted field con- remedial techniques which demon- tours with any other authorized com- strably will eliminate the interference mercial or noncommercial educational

520

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00530 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1204

FM broadcast stations, FM translators, TIS stations must be protected on the basis and Class D (secondary) noncommer- of a nondirectional antenna. cial educational FM stations; or if it (b) The following standards must be would result in new or increased over- used to compute the distances to the lap with an LP100 station, as set forth: pertinent contours: (1) Commercial Class B FM Stations (1) The distances to the protected (Protected Contour: 0.5 mV/m) contours are computed using Figure 1 Fre- of § 73.333 [F(50,50) curves] of this chap- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of ter. separa- proposed translator sta- commercial Class B tion tion station (2) The distances to the interference contours are computed using Figure 1a Co- 0.05 mV/m (34 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) of § 73.333 [F(50,10) curves] of this chap- chan- nel. ter. In the event that the distance to 200 kHz 0.25 mV/m (48 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) the contour is below 16 kilometers (ap- 400 kHz/ 50.0 mV/m (94 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) proximately 10 miles), and therefore 600 not covered by Figure 1a, curves in kHz. Figure 1 must be used. (2) Commercial Class B1 FM Stations (3) The effective radiated power (Protected Contour: 0.7 mV/m) (ERP) to be used is the maximum ERP of the main radiated lobe in the perti- Fre- nent azimuthal direction. If the trans- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of separa- proposed translator sta- commercial Class B1 mitting antenna is not horizontally po- tion tion station larized only, either the vertical compo- Co- 0.07 mV/m (37 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) nent or the horizontal component of chan- the ERP should be used, whichever is nel. greater in the pertinent azimuthal di- 200 kHz 0.35 mV/m (51 dBu) 0.5 mV/m (57 dBu) rection. 400 kHz/ 70.0 mV/m (97 dBu) 0.7 mV/m (57 dBu) 600 (4) The antenna height to be used is kHz. the height of the radiation center above the average terrain along each (3) All Other Classes of FM Stations pertinent radial, determined in accord- (Protected Contour: 1 mV/m) ance with § 73.313(d) of this chapter. (c) An application for a change (other Fre- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of than a change in channel) in the au- separa- proposed translator any other station thorized facilities of an FM translator tion station will be accepted even though Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) overlap of field strength contours chan- would occur with another station in an nel. 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) area where such overlap does not al- 400 kHz/ 100 mV/m (100 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) ready exist, if: 600 (1) The total area of overlap with kHz. that station would not be increased: (4) LP100 stations (Protected Con- (2) The area of overlap with any tour: 1 mV/m) other station would not increase; (3) The area of overlap does not move Fre- significantly closer to the station re- quency Interference contour of Protected contour of separa- proposed translator LP100 LPFM station ceiving the overlap; and, tion station (4) No area of overlap would be cre- Co- 0.1 mV/m (40 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) ated with any station with which the chan- overlap does not now exist. nel. (d) The provisions of this section con- 200 kHz 0.5 mV/m (54 dBu) 1 mV/m (60 dBu) cerning prohibited overlap will not apply where the area of such overlap NOTE TO PARAGRAPH (a)(4): LP100 stations, to the purposes of determining overlap pur- lies entirely over water. In addition, an suant to this paragraph, LPFM applications application otherwise precluded by this and permits that have not yet been licensed section will be accepted if it can be must be considered as operating with the demonstrated that no actual inter- maximum permitted facilities. All LPFM ference will occur due to intervening

521

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00531 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1205 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

terrain, lack of population or such (i) FM booster stations shall be sub- other factors as may be applicable. ject to the requirement that the signal (e) The provisions of this section will of any first adjacent channel station not apply to overlap between a pro- must exceed the signal of the booster posed fill-in FM translator station and station by 6 dB at all points within the its primary station operating on a protected contour of any first adjacent first, second or third adjacent channel, channel station, except that in the case provided That such operation may not of FM stations on adjacent channels at result in interference to the primary spacings that do not meet the min- station within its principal commu- imum distance separations specified in nity. § 73.207 of this chapter, the signal of (f) An application for an FM trans- any first adjacent channel station lator station will not be accepted for must exceed the signal of the booster filing even though the proposed oper- by 6 dB at any point within the pre- ation would not involve overlap of field dicted interference free contour of the strength contours with any other sta- adjacent channel station. tion, as set forth in paragraph (a) of (j) FM translator stations authorized this section, if the predicted 1 mV/m prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that field strength contour of the FM trans- do not comply with the predicted inter- lator station will overlap a populated ference protection provisions of this area already receiving a regularly used, section, may continue to operate, pro- off-the-air signal of any authorized co- vided that operation is in conformance channel, first, second or third adjacent channel broadcast station, including with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- Class D (secondary) noncommercial ference. Applications for major educational FM stations and grant of changes in FM translator stations the authorization will result in inter- must specify facilities that comply ference to the reception of such signal. with provisions of this section. (g) An application for an FM trans- [55 FR 50694, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 lator or an FM booster station that is FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42025, Aug. 6, 53 or 54 channels removed from an FM 1993; 65 FR 7649, Feb. 15, 2000; 65 FR 67304, radio broadcast station will not be ac- Nov. 9, 2000; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] cepted for filing if it fails to meet the required separation distances set out in § 74.1205 Protection of channel 6 TV § 73.207 of this chapter. For purposes of broadcast stations. determining compliance with § 73.207 of The provisions of this section apply this chapter, translator stations will be to all applications for construction per- treated as Class A stations and booster mits for new or modified facilities for a stations will be treated the same as noncommercial educational FM trans- their FM radio broadcast station lator station on Channels 201–220, un- equivalents. FM radio broadcast sta- less the application is accompanied by tion equivalents will be determined in a written agreement between the NCE- accordance with §§ 73.210 and 73.211 of FM translator applicant and each af- this chapter, based on the booster sta- fected TV Channel 6 broadcast station tion’s ERP and HAAT. Provided, how- licensee or permittee concurring with ever, that FM translator stations and the proposed NCE-FM translator facil- booster stations operating with less ity. than 100 watts ERP will be treated as (a) An application for a construction class D stations and will not be subject permit for new or modified facilities to intermediate frequency separation requirements. for a noncommercial educational FM translator station operating on Chan- (h) An application for an FM translator station will not be accepted for nels 201–220 must include a showing filing if it specifies a location within that demonstrates compliance with 320 kilometers (approximately 199 paragraph (b), (c) or (d) of this section miles) of either the Canadian or Mexi- if it is within the following distances of can borders and it does not comply a TV broadcast station which is au- with § 74.1235(d) of this part. thorized to operate on Channel 6.

522

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00532 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1231

Distance Interference FM Channel (kilometers) Contour FM channel F(50,10) 201 ...... 148 curves 202 ...... 146 (dBu) 203 ...... 143 204 ...... 141 204 ...... 62 205 ...... 140 205 ...... 64 206 ...... 137 206 ...... 69 207 ...... 135 207 ...... 73 208 ...... 135 208 ...... 73 209 ...... 135 209 ...... 73 210 ...... 135 210 ...... 73 211 ...... 135 211 ...... 73 212 ...... 135 212 ...... 74 213 ...... 135 213 ...... 75 214 ...... 134 214 ...... 77 215 ...... 134 215 ...... 78 216 ...... 133 216 ...... 80 217 ...... 133 217 ...... 81 218 ...... 132 218 ...... 85 219 ...... 132 219 ...... 88 220 ...... 131 220 ...... 90

(b) Collocated stations. An application (d) FM translator stations authorized for a noncommercial educational FM prior to June 1, 1991 with facilities that translator station operating on Chan- do not comply with the predicted inter- nels 201–220 and located at 0.4 kilo- ference protection provisions of this meter (approximately 0.25 mile) or less section, may continue to operate, pro- from a TV Channel 6 station will be ac- vided that operation is in conformance cepted if it includes a certification with § 74.1203 regarding actual inter- that the applicant has coordinated its ference. Applications for major antenna with the affected TV station. changes in FM translator stations (c) Contour overlap. Except as pro- must specify facilities that comply vided in paragraph (b) of this section, with the provisions of this section. an application for a noncommercial [55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 58 educational FM translator station op- FR 42025, Aug. 6, 1993] erating on Channels 201–220 will not be accepted if the proposed operation § 74.1231 Purpose and permissible would involve overlap of its inter- service. ference field strength contour with any (a) FM translators provide a means TV Channel 6 station’s Grade B con- whereby the signals of AM or FM tour, as set forth below. broadcast stations may be retrans- (1) The distances to the TV Channel 6 mitted to areas in which direct recep- station Grade B (47 dBu) field strength tion of such AM or FM broadcast sta- contour will be predicted according to tions is unsatisfactory due to distance the procedures specified in § 73.684 of or intervening terrain barriers, and a this chapter, using the F(50,50) curves means for AM Class D stations to con- in § 73.699, Figure 9 of this chapter. tinue operating at night. (2) The distances to the applicable (b) An FM translator may be used for noncommercial educational FM trans- the purpose of retransmitting the sig- lator interference contour will be pre- nals of a primary AM or FM radio dicted according to the procedures broadcast station or another translator specified in § 74.1204(b) of this part. station the signal of which is received (3) The applicable noncommercial directly through space, converted, and educational FM translator interference suitably amplified, and originating contours are as follows: programming to the extent authorized Interference in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this Contour section. However, an FM translator FM channel F(50,10) curves providing fill-in service may use any (dBu) terrestrial facilities to receive the signal that is being rebroadcast. An FM 201 ...... 54 202 ...... 56 booster station or a noncommercial 203 ...... 59 educational FM translator station that

523

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00533 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1231 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

is operating on a reserved channel shall not interfere with or otherwise pre- (Channels 201–220) and is owned and op- clude use of these frequencies for transmit- erated by the licensee of the primary ting aural programming between the studio noncommercial educational station it and transmitter location of a broadcast sta- rebroadcasts may use alternative sig- tion, or between broadcast stations, as provided in paragraphs 74.531 (a) and (b) of this nal delivery means, including, but not part. Prior to filing an application for an limited to, satellite and terrestrial auxiliary intercity relay microwave fre- microwave facilities. Provided, how- quency, the applicant shall notify the local ever, that an applicant for a non- frequency coordination committee, or, in the commercial educational translator op- absence of a local frequency coordination erating on a reserved channel (Channel committee, any licensees assigned the use of 201–220) and owned and operated by the the proposed operating frequency in the in- licensee of the primary noncommercial tended location or area of operation. educational AM or FM station it re- (c) The transmissions of each FM broadcasts complies with either para- translator or booster station shall be graph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section: intended only for direct reception by (1) The applicant demonstrates that: the general public. An FM translator (i) The transmitter site of the pro- or booster shall not be operated solely posed FM translator station is within 80 kilometers of the predicted 1 mV/m for the purpose of relaying signals to contour of the primary station to be one or more fixed received points for rebroadcast; or, retransmission, distribution, or further (ii) The transmitter site of the pro- relaying in order to establish a point- posed FM translator station is more to-point FM radio relay system. than 160 kilometers from the trans- (d) The technical characteristics of mitter site of any authorized full serv- the retransmitted signals shall not be ice noncommercial educational FM deliberately altered so as to hinder re- station; or, ception on conventional FM broadcast (iii) The application is mutually ex- receivers. clusive with an application containing (e) An FM translator shall not delib- the showing as required by paragraph erately retransmit the signals of any 74.1231(b)(2) (i) or (ii) of this section; or, station other than the station it is au- (iv) The application is filed after Oc- thorized to retransmit. Precautions tober 1, 1992. shall be taken to avoid unintentional (2) If the transmitter site of the pro- retransmission of such other signals. posed FM translator station is more (f) A locally generated radio fre- than 80 kilometers from the predicted 1 quency signal similar to that of an FM mV/m contour of the primary station broadcast station and modulated with to be rebroadcast or is within 160 kilo- aural information may be connected to meters of the transmitter site of any the input terminals of an FM trans- authorized full service noncommercial lator for the purpose of transmitting educational FM station, the applicant voice announcements. The radio fre- must show that: quency signals shall be on the same (i) An alternative frequency can be channel as the normally used off-the- used at the same site as the proposed FM translator’s transmitter location air signal being rebroadcast. Connec- and can provide signal coverage to the tion of the locally generated signals same area encompassed by the appli- shall be made by any automatic means cant’s proposed 1 mV/m contour; or, when transmitting originations con- (ii) An alternative frequency can be cerning financial support. The connec- used at a different site and can provide tions for emergency transmissions may signal coverage to the same area en- be made manually. The apparatus used compassed by the applicant’s proposed to generate the local signal that is 1 mV/m contour. used to modulate the FM translator must be capable of producing an aural NOTE: For paragraphs 74.1231(b) and signal which will provide acceptable re- 74.1231(i) of this section, auxiliary intercity relay station frequencies may be used to de- ception on FM receivers designed for liver signals to FM translator and booster the transmission standards employed stations on a secondary basis only. Such use by FM broadcast stations.

524

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00534 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1232

(g) The aural material transmitted as within the protected contour of the class of permitted in paragraph (f) of this sec- station being rebroadcast as predicted on the tion shall be limited to emergency basis of the maximum powers and heights set warnings of imminent danger and to forth in that section for the applicable class seeking or acknowledging financial of FM broadcast station concerned. support deemed necessary to the con- [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR tinued operation of the translator. 37842, June 5, 1980; 52 FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; Originations concerning financial sup- 53 FR 14803, Apr. 26, 1988; 54 FR 35342, Aug. 25, port are limited to a total of 30 seconds 1989; 55 FR 50695, Dec. 10, 1990; 57 FR 41111, an hour. Within this limitation the Sept. 9, 1992; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 63 FR length of any particular announcement 33879, June 22, 1998; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009] will be left to the discretion of the translator station licensee. Solicita- § 74.1232 Eligibility and licensing requirements. tions of contributions shall be limited to the defrayal of the costs of installa- (a) Subject to the restrictions set tion, operation and maintenance of the forth in paragraph (d) of this section, a translator or acknowledgements of fi- license for an FM broadcast translator nancial support for those purposes. station may be issued to any qualified Such acknowledgements may include individual, organized group of individ- identification of the contributors, the uals, broadcast station licensee, or size or nature of the contributions and local civil governmental body, upon an advertising messages of contributors. appropriate showing that plans for fi- Emergency transmissions shall be no nancing the installation and operation longer or more frequent than necessary of the translator are sufficiently sound to protect life and property. to assure prompt construction of the (h) An FM translator station that re- translator and dependable service. broadcasts a Class D AM radio broad- (b) More than one FM translator may cast station as its primary station may be licensed to the same applicant, originate programming during the whether or not such translators serve hours the primary station is not oper- substantially the same area, upon an ating, subject to the provisions of appropriate showing of technical need § 74.1263(b) of this part. for such additional stations. FM trans- (i) FM broadcast booster stations provide a means whereby the licensee lators are not counted as FM stations of an FM broadcast station may pro- for the purpose of § 73.3555 of this chap- vide service to areas in any region ter concerning multiple ownership. within the primary station’s predicted, NOTE: As used in this section need refers to authorized service contours. An FM the quality of the signal received and not to broadcast booster station is authorized the programming content, format, or trans- to retransmit only the signals of its mission needs of an area. primary station which have been re- (c) Only one input and one output ceived directly through space and suit- channel will be assigned to each FM ably amplified, or received by alter- translator. Additional FM translators native signal delivery means including, but not limited to, satellite and terres- may be authorized to provide addi- trial microwave facilities. The FM tional reception. A separate applica- booster station shall not retransmit tion is required for each FM translator the signals of any other station nor and each application shall be complete make independent transmissions, ex- in all respects. cept that locally generated signals may (d) An authorization for an FM trans- be used to excite the booster apparatus lator whose coverage contour extends for the purpose of conducting tests and beyond the protected contour of the measurements essential to the proper commercial primary station will not be installation and maintenance of the ap- granted to the licensee or permittee of paratus. a commercial FM radio broadcast station. Similarly, such authorization will NOTE: In the case of an FM broadcast station authorized with facilities in excess of not be granted to any person or entity those specified by § 73.211 of this chapter, an having any interest whatsoever, or any FM booster station will only be authorized connection with a primary FM station.

525

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00535 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1232 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Interested and connected parties ex- service to an AM fill-in area must have tend to group owners, corporate par- been authorized by a license or con- ents, shareholders, officers, directors, struction permit in effect as of May 1, employees, general and limited part- 2009. A subsequent modification of any ners, family members and business as- such FM translator will not affect its sociates. For the purposes of this para- eligibility to rebroadcast an AM signal. graph, the protected contour of the pri- (e) An FM translator station whose mary station shall be defined as fol- coverage contour goes beyond the pro- lows: the predicted 0.5mV/m contour tected contour of the commercial pri- for commercial Class B stations, the mary station shall not receive any sup- predicted 0.7 mV/m contour for com- port, before or after construction, ei- mercial Class B1 stations and the pre- ther directly or indirectly, from the dicted 1 mV/m field strength contour commercial primary FM radio broad- for all other FM radio broadcast stations. The contours shall be as pre- cast station. Such support also may dicted in accordance with § 73.313(a) not be received from any person or en- through (d) of this chapter. In the case tity having any interest whatsoever, or of an FM radio broadcast station au- any connection with the primary FM thorized with facilities in excess of station. Interested and connected par- those specified by § 73.211 of this chap- ties extend to group owners, corporate ter, a co-owned commercial FM trans- parents, shareholders, officers, direc- lator will only be authorized within the tors, employees, general and limited protected contour of the class of sta- partners, family members and business tion being rebroadcast, as predicted on associates. Such an FM translator sta- the basis of the maximum powers and tion may, however, receive technical heights set forth in that section for the assistance from the primary station to applicable class of FM broadcast sta- the extent of installing or repairing tion concerned. An FM translator sta- equipment or making adjustments to tion in operation prior to March 1, 1991, equipment to assure compliance with which is owned by a commercial FM the terms of the translator station’s (primary) station and whose coverage construction permit and license. FM contour extends beyond the protected translator stations in operation prior contour of the primary station, may to March 1, 1991 may continue to re- continue to be owned by such primary ceive contributions or support from the station until March 1, 1994. Thereafter, commercial primary station for the op- any such FM translator station must eration and maintenance of the trans- be owned by independent parties. An lator station until March, 1, 1994. FM translator station in operation Thereafter, any such FM translator prior to June 1, 1991, which is owned by station shall be subject to the prohibi- a commercial FM radio broadcast stations on support contained in this section and whose coverage contour ex- tion. Such an FM translator station tends beyond the protected contour of may, however, receive technical assist- the primary station, may continue to ance from the primary station to the be owned by a commercial FM radio extent of installing or repairing equip- broadcast station until June 1, 1994. Thereafter, any such FM translator ment or making adjustments to equip- station must be owned by independent ment to assure compliance with the parties. An FM translator providing terms of the translator station’s con- service to an AM fill-in area will be au- struction permit and license. FM trans- thorized only to the permittee or li- lator stations in operation prior to censee of the AM radio broadcast sta- June 1, 1991 may continue to receive tion being rebroadcast, or, in the case contributions or support from a com- of an FM translator authorized to oper- mercial FM radio broadcast station for ate on an unreserved channel, to a the operation and maintenance of the party with a valid rebroadcast consent translator station until June 1, 1994. agreement with such a permittee or li- Thereafter, any such FM translator censee to rebroadcast that station as station shall be subject to the prohibi- the translator’s primary station. In ad- tions on support contained in this sec- dition, any FM translator providing tion.

526

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00536 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

NOTE: ‘‘Technical assistance’’ refers to ac- nels, or intermediate frequency chan- tual services provided by the primary sta- nels, and any change in antenna location’s technical staff or compensation for the tion where the station would not con- time and services provided by independent tinue to provide 1 mV/m service to engineering personnel. Conversely, such support must not include the supply of equip- some portion of its previously author- ment or direct funding for the translator’s ized 1 mV/m service area. All other discretionary use. ‘‘Technical assistance’’ changes will be considered minor. All must occur after the issuance of the trans- major changes are subject to the provi- lator’s construction permit or license in sions of §§ 73.3580 and 1.1104 of this order to meet expenses incurred by install- chapter pertaining to major changes. ing, repairing, or making adjustments to (2) In the second group are applica- equipment. tions for licenses and all other changes (f) An FM broadcast booster station in the facilities of the authorized sta- will be authorized only to the licensee tion. or permittee of the FM radio broadcast (b) Processing booster and reserved station whose signals the booster sta- band FM translator applications. tion will retransmit, to serve areas (1) Applications for minor modifica- within the protected contour of the pri- tions for reserved band FM translator mary station, subject to Note, stations, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) § 74.1231(h) of this part. of this section, may be filed at any (g) No numerical limit is placed upon time, unless restricted by the FCC, and the number of FM booster stations will be processed on a ‘‘first come/first which may be licensed to a single li- served’’ basis, with the first acceptable censee. A separate application is re- application cutting off the filing rights quired for each FM booster station. FM of subsequent, conflicting applicants. broadcast booster stations are not The FCC will periodically release a counted as FM broadcast stations for Public Notice listing those applica- the purposes of § 73.5555 of this chapter tions accepted for filing. Conflicting concerning multiple ownership. applications received on the same day (h) Any authorization for an FM will be treated as simultaneously filed translator station issued to an appli- and mutually exclusive. Conflicting ap- cant described in paragraphs (d) and (e) plications received after the filing of a of this section will be issued subject to first acceptable application will be the condition that it may be termi- grouped, according to filing date, be- nated at any time, upon not less than hind the lead application in a queue. sixty (60) days written notice, where The priority rights of the lead appli- the circumstances in the community or cant, against all other applicants, are area served are so altered as to have determined by the date of filing, but prohibited grant of the application had the filing date for subsequent, con- such circumstances existed at the time flicting applicants only reserves a of its filing. place in the queue. The rights of an applicant in a queue ripen only upon a [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 43 FR 14660, Apr. 7, 1978; 52 FR 10571, Apr. 2, 1987; 52 final determination that the lead appli- FR 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50696, Dec. 10, cant is unacceptable and if the queue 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; 74 FR 45130, member is reached and found accept- Sept. 1, 2009] able. The queue will remain behind the lead applicant until a construction per- § 74.1233 Processing FM translator and mit is finally granted, at which time booster station applications. the queue dissolves. (a) Applications for FM translator (2) All other applications for booster and booster stations are divided into stations and reserved band FM trans- two groups: lator stations will be processed as near- (1) In the first group are applications ly as possible in the order in which for new stations or for major changes they are filed. Such applications will in the facilities of authorized stations. be placed in the processing line in nu- For FM translator stations, a major merical sequence, and will be drawn by change is any change in frequency the staff for study, the lowest file num- (output channel) except changes to ber first. In order that those applica- first, second or third adjacent chan- tions which are entitled to be grouped

527

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00537 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

for processing may be fixed prior to the subject to the amendment require- time processing of the earliest filed ap- ments of § 73.3522 of this chapter. plication is begun, the FCC will peri- (c) In the case of an application for odically release a Public Notice listing an instrument of authorization, other reserved band applications that have than a license pursuant to a construc- been accepted for filing and announc- tion permit, grant will be based on the ing a date (not less than 30 days after application, the pleadings filed, and publication) on which the listed appli- such other matters that may be offi- cations will be considered available cially noticed. Before a grant can be and ready for processing and by which made it must be determined that: all mutually exclusive applications (1) There is not pending a mutually and/or petitions to deny the listed ap- exclusive application. plications must be filed. (2) The applicant is legally, tech- (3) Applications for reserved band FM nically, financially and otherwise translator stations will be processed qualified; using filing window procedures. The (3) The applicant is not in violation FCC will specify by Public Notice, a pe- of any provisions of law, the FCC rules, riod for filing reserved band FM trans- or established policies of the FCC; and lator applications for a new station or for major modifications in the facili- (4) A grant of the application would ties of an authorized station. FM trans- otherwise serve the public interest, lator applications for new facilities or convenience and necessity. for major modifications will be accept- (d) Processing non-reserved band FM ed only during these specified periods. translator applications. Applications submitted prior to the (1) Applications for minor modifica- window opening date identified in the tions for non-reserved band FM trans- Public Notice will be returned as pre- lator stations, as defined in paragraph mature. Applications submitted after (a)(2) of this section, may be filed at the specified deadline will be dismissed any time, unless restricted by the FCC, with prejudice as untimely. and will be processed on a ‘‘first come/ (4) Timely filed applications for new first served’’ basis, with the first ac- facilities or for major modifications for ceptable application cutting off the fil- reserved band FM Translators will be ing rights of subsequent, conflicting processed pursuant to the procedures applicants. The FCC will periodically set forth in subpart K of Part 73 release a Public Notice listing those (§ 73.7000 et seq.) Subsequently, the FCC applications accepted for filing. Appli- will release Public Notices identifying: cations received on the same day will mutually exclusive groups of applica- be treated as simultaneously filed and, tions; applications received during the if they are found to be mutually exclu- window filing period which are found to sive, must be resolved through settle- be non-mutually exclusive; tentative ment or technical amendment. Con- selectees determined pursuant to the flicting applications received after the point system procedures set forth in filing of a first acceptable application § 73.7003 of this chapter; and acceptable will be grouped, according to filing applications. The Public Notices will date, behind the lead application in a also announce: additional procedures queue. The priority rights of the lead to be followed for certain groups of ap- applicant, against all other applicants, plications; deadlines for filing addi- are determined by the date of filing, tional information; and dates by which but the filing date for subsequent, con- petitions to deny must be filed in ac- flicting applicants only reserves a cordance with the provisions of § 73.7004 place in the queue. The rights of an ap- of this chapter. If the applicant is duly plicant in a queue ripen only upon a qualified, and upon examination, the final determination that the lead appli- FCC finds that the public interest, con- cant is unacceptable and if the queue venience and necessity will be served member is reached and found accept- by the granting of the application, it able. The queue will remain behind the will be granted. If an application is lead applicant until a construction per- found not to be acceptable for filing, mit is finally granted, at which time the application will be returned, and the queue dissolves.

528

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00538 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1233

(2)(i) The FCC will specify by Public (ii) Establishing a date, time and Notice, pursuant to § 73.5002(a) of this place for an auction; chapter, a period for filing non-re- (iii)Providing information regarding served band FM translator applications the methodology of competitive bid- for a new station or for major modi- ding to be used in the upcoming auc- fications in the facilities of an author- tion, bid submission and payment pro- ized station. FM translator applica- cedures, upfront payment procedures, tions for new facilities or for major upfront payment deadlines, minimum modifications, whether for commercial opening bid requirements and applica- broadcast stations or noncommercial ble reserve prices in accordance with educational broadcast stations, as de- the provisions of § 73.5002; scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), will be ac- (iv) Identifying applicants who have cepted only during these specified peri- submitted timely upfront payments ods. Applications submitted prior to and, thus, are qualified to bid in the the window opening date identified in auction. the Public Notice will be returned as (4) After the close of the filing win- premature. Applications submitted dow, the FCC will also release a Public after the specified deadline will be dis- Notice identifying any short-form ap- missed with prejudice as untimely. plications which are found to be non- (ii) Such FM translator applicants mutually exclusive, including any ap- will be subject to the provisions of plications for noncommercial edu- §§ 1.2105 and 73.5002(a) regarding the cational broadcast stations, as de- submission of the short-form applica- scribed in 47 U.S.C. 397(6). These non- tion, FCC Form 175, and all appropriate mutually exclusive applicants will be certifications, information and exhib- required to submit the appropriate its contained therein. To determine long form application within 30 days of which FM translator applications are the Public Notice and, for applicants mutually exclusive, FM translator ap- for commercial broadcast stations, pur- plicants must submit the engineering suant to the provisions of § 73.5005 of data contained in FCC Form 349 as a this chapter. Non-mutually exclusive supplement to the short-form applica- applications for commercial broadcast tion. Such engineering data will not be stations will be processed and the FCC studied for technical acceptability, but will periodically release a Public No- will be protected from subsequently tice listing such non-mutually exclusive applications determined to be ac- filed applications as of the close of the ceptable for filing and announcing a window filing period. Determinations date by which petitions to deny must as to the acceptability or grantability be filed in accordance with the provi- of an applicant’s proposal will not be sions of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584 of this made prior to an auction. chapter. Non-mutually exclusive appli- (iii) FM translator applicants will be cations for noncommercial educational subject to the provisions of § 1.2105 rebroadcast stations, as described by 47 garding the modification and dismissal U.S.C. 397(6), will be processed and the of their short-form applications. FCC will periodically release a Public (iv) Consistent with § 1.2105(a), begin- Notice listing such non-mutually ex- ning January 1, 1999, all short-form ap- clusive applications determined to be plications must be filed electronically. acceptable for filing and announcing a (3) Subsequently, the FCC will re- date by which petitions to deny must lease Public Notices: be filed in accordance with the provi- (i) Identifying the short-form appli- sions of §§ 73.7004 and 73.3584 of this cations received during the appropriate chapter. If the applicants are duly filing period or ‘‘window’’ which are qualified, and upon examination, the found to be mutually exclusive, includ- FCC finds that the public interest, con- ing any applications for noncommer- venience and necessity will be served cial educational broadcast stations, as by the granting of the non-mutually defined in 47 U.S.C. 397(6), as well as exclusive long-form application, the the procedures the FCC will use to re- same will be granted. solve the mutually exclusive applica- (5)(i) Pursuant to § 1.2107 of this chap- tions; ter, a winning bidder that meets its

529

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00539 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1233 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

down payment obligations in a timely proposal submitted in the short-form manner must, within 30 days of the re- application or the allotment, the long- lease of the public notice announcing form application will be returned pur- the close of the auction, submit the ap- suant to paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this sec- propriate long-form application for tion. each construction permit for which it (e) Selection of mutually exclusive was the winning bidder. Long-form ap- reserved band FM translator applica- plications filed by winning bidders tions. shall include the exhibits identified in (1) Applications for FM translator § 73.5005 of this chapter. stations proposing to provide fill-in (ii) Winning bidders are required to service (within the primary station’s pay the balance of their winning bids protected contour) of the commonly in a lump sum prior to the deadline es- owned primary station will be given tablished by the Commission pursuant priority over all other applications. to § 1.2109(a) of this chapter. Long-form (2) Where applications for FM trans- construction permit applications will lator stations are mutually exclusive be processed and the FCC will periodi- and do not involve a proposal to pro- cally release a Public Notice listing vide fill-in service of commonly owned such applications that have been ac- primary stations, the FCC may stipu- cepted for filing and announcing a date late different frequencies as necessary by which petitions to deny must be for the applicants. filed in accordance with the provisions (3) Where there are no available fre- of §§ 73.5006 and 73.3584. Construction quencies to substitute for a mutually permits will be granted by the Commis- exclusive application, the FCC will sion only after full and timely payment apply the same point system identified of winning bids and any applicable late for full service reserved band FM sta- fees, and if the applicant is duly quali- tions in § 73.7003(b) of this chapter. In fied, and upon examination, the FCC the event of a tie, the FCC will con- finds that the public interest, conven- sider: ience and necessity will be served. If a (i) Existing authorizations. Each appli- winning bidder fails to pay the balance cant’s number of existing radio author- of its winning bid in a lump sum by the izations (licenses and construction per- applicable deadline as specified by the mits for AM, FM, and FM-translators Commission, it will be allowed to make but excluding fill-in translators) as of payment within ten (10) business days the time of application shall be com- after the payment deadline, provided pared, and the applicant with the few- that it also pays a late fee equal to five est authorizations will be chosen as (5) percent of the amount due in ac- tentative selectee. If each applicant is cordance with § 1.2109(a) of this chap- applying for a fill-in translator only, ter. Construction of the FM translator and consideration of its other radio station shall not commence until the stations is not dispositive, its number grant of such permit to the winning of existing fill-in translator authoriza- bidder and only after full and timely tions will also be considered, and the payment of winning bids and any appli- fill-in applicant with the fewest fill-in cable late fees. authorizations will be chosen as ten- (iii) All long-form applications will tative selectee. be cut-off as of the date of filing with (ii) Existing applications. If a tie re- the FCC and will be protected from mains, after the tie breaker in para- subsequently filed long-form translator graph (e)(3)(i) of this section, the re- applications. Applications will be re- maining applicant with the fewest quired to protect all previously filed pending radio new and major change applications. Winning bidders filing applications (AM, FM, and non fill-in long-form applications may change the FM translators) will be chosen as ten- technical proposals specified in their tative selectee. If each applicant is ap- previously submitted short-form appli- plying for a fill-in translator only, and cations, but such change may not con- consideration of its other radio sta- stitute a major change. If the sub- tions is not dispositive, its number of mitted long-form application would existing fill-in translator applications constitute a major change from the will also be considered, and the fill-in

530

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00540 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1235

applicant with the fewest fill-in au- facilities of such a station, which pro- thorizations will be chosen as tentative poses unattended operation shall in- selectee. clude an adequate showing as to the (iii) Where the procedures in para- manner of compliance with this sec- graphs (e)(1), (e)(2) and (e)(3)(i) and tion. (e)(3)(ii) of this section fail to resolve [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 37 FR the mutual exclusivity, the applica- 18540, Sept. 13, 1972; 38 FR 25992, Sept. 17, tions will be processed on a first-come- 1973; 60 FR 55484, Nov. 1, 1995; 63 FR 33879, first-served basis. June 22, 1998; 67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002]

[63 FR 48632, Sept. 11, 1998, as amended at 64 § 74.1235 Power limitations and an- FR 19502, Apr. 21, 1999; 65 FR 36382, June 8, tenna systems. 2000; 66 FR 15357, Mar. 19, 2001; 67 FR 45375, July 9, 2002; 68 FR 26229, May 15, 2003; 71 FR (a) An application for an FM trans- 6229, Feb. 7, 2006] lator station filed by the licensee or permittee of the primary station to § 74.1234 Unattended operation. provide fill-in service within the pri- (a) A station authorized under this mary station’s coverage area will not subpart may be operated without a des- be accepted for filing if it specifies an ignated person in attendance if the fol- effective radiated power (ERP) which lowing requirements are met: exceeds 250 watts. (1) If the transmitter site cannot be (b) An application for an FM trans- reached promptly at all hours and in lator station, other than one for fill-in all seasons, means shall be provided so service which is covered in paragraph that the transmitting apparatus can be (a) of this section, will not be accepted turned on and off at will from a point for filing if it specifies an effective ra- which is readily accessible at all hours diated power (ERP) which exceeds the and in all seasons. maximum ERP (MERP) value deter- (2) The transmitter shall also be mined in accordance with this para- equipped with suitable automatic cir- graph. The antenna height above aver- cuits which will place it in a nonradi- age terrain (HAAT) shall be determined ating condition in the absence of a sig- in accordance with § 73.313(d) of this nal on the input channel. chapter for each of 12 distinct radials, (3) The on-and-off control (if at a lo- with each radial spaced 30 degrees cation other than the transmitter site) apart and with the bearing of the first and the transmitting apparatus, shall radial bearing true north. Each raidal be adequately protected against tam- HAAT value shall be rounded to the pering by unauthorized persons. nearest meter. For each of the 12 radial (4) The FCC in Washington, DC, At- directions, the MERP is the value cor- tention: Audio Division, Media Bureau, responding to the calculated HAAT in shall be supplied by letter with the the following tables that is appropriate name, address, and telephone number for the location of the translator. For of a person or persons who may be con- an application specifying a nondirec- tacted to secure suspension of oper- tional transmitting antenna, the speci- ation of the translator promptly should fied ERP must not exceed the smallest such action be deemed necessary by the of the 12 MERP’s. For an application Commission. Such information shall be specifying a directional transmitting kept current by the licensee. antenna, the ERP in each azimuthal di- (5) Where the antenna and supporting rection must not exceed the MERP for structure are required to be painted the closest of the 12 radial directions. and lighted under the provisions of (1) For FM translators located east of Part 17 of this chapter, the licensee the Mississippi River or in Zone I-A as shall make suitable arrangements for described in § 73.205(b) of this chapter: the daily inspection and logging of the Maximum obstruction lighting and associated Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP control equipment as required by in watts) §§ 17.47, 17.48, and 17.49 of this chapter. Less than or equal to 32 ...... 250 (b) An application for authority to 33 to 39 ...... 170 40 to 47 ...... 120 construct a new station pursuant to 48 to 57 ...... 80 this subpart or to make changes in the 58 to 68 ...... 55

531

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00541 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1235 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Maximum (1) Translator stations located within Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP 125 kilometers of the Mexican border in watts) may operate with an ERP up to 50 69 to 82 ...... 38 watts (0.050 kW) ERP. A booster sta- 83 to 96 ...... 27 97 to 115 ...... 19 tion may not produce a 34 dBu inter- 116 to 140 ...... 13 fering contour in excess of 32 km from Greater than or equal to 141 ...... 10 the transmitter site in the direction of the Mexican border, nor may the 60 (2) For FM translators located in all dBu service contour of the booster sta- other areas: tion exceed 8.7 km from the trans- Maximum mitter site in the direction of the Radial HAAT (meters) ERP (MERP Mexican border. in watts) (2) Translator stations located be- Less than or equal to 107 ...... 250 tween 125 kilometers and 320 kilo- 108 to 118 ...... 205 meters from the Mexican border may 119 to 130 ...... 170 131 to 144 ...... 140 operate with an ERP in excess of 50 145 to 157 ...... 115 watts, up to the maximum permitted 158 to 173 ...... 92 ERP of 250 watts per § 74.1235(b)(2). 174 to 192 ...... 75 193 to 212 ...... 62 However, in no event shall the location 213 to 235 ...... 50 of the 60 dBu contour lie within 116.3 236 to 260 ...... 41 km of the Mexican border. 261 to 285 ...... 34 286 to 310 ...... 28 (3) Applications for translator or 311 to 345 ...... 23 booster stations within 320 km of the 346 to 380 ...... 19 381 to 425 ...... 15.5 Canadian border may employ an ERP 426 to 480 ...... 13 up to a maximum of 250 watts, as speci- 481 to 540 ...... 11 fied in § 74.1235(a) and (b). The distance Greater than or equal to 541 ...... 10 to the 34 dBu interfering contour may not exceed 60 km in any direction. (c) The effective radiated power of FM booster stations shall be limited (e) In no event shall a station author- such that the predicted service contour ized under this subpart be operated of the booster station, computed in ac- with a transmitter power output (TPO) cordance with § 73.313 paragraphs (a) in excess of the transmitter certifi- through (d) of this chapter, may not cated rating. A station authorized extend beyond the corresponding serv- under this subpart for a TPO that is ice contour of the primary FM station less than its transmitter certificated that the booster rebroadcasts. In no rating shall determine its TPO in ac- event shall the ERP of the booster sta- cordance with § 73.267 of this chapter tion exceed 20% of the maximum allow- and its TPO shall not be more than 105 able ERP for the primary station’s percent of the authorized TPO. class. (f) Composite antennas and antenna (d) Applications for FM translator arrays may be used where the total stations located within 320 km of the ERP does not exceed the maximum de- Canadian border will not be accepted if termined in accordance with para- they specify more than 50 watts effec- graphs (a), (b) or (c) of this section. tive radiated power in any direction or (g) Either horizontal, vertical, cir- have a 34 dBu interference contour, cal- cular or elliptical polarization may be culated in accordance with § 74.1204 of used provided that the supplemental this part, that exceeds 32 km. FM vertically polarized ERP required for translator stations located within 320 circular or elliptical polarization does kilometers of the Mexican border must not exceed the ERP otherwise author- be separated from Mexican allotments ized. Either clockwise or counter- and assignments in accordance with clockwise rotation may be used. Sepa- § 73.207(b)(3) of this chapter and are lim- rate transmitting antennas are per- ited to a transmitter power output of mitted if both horizontal and vertical 10 watts or less. For purposes of com- polarization is to be provided. pliance with that section, FM trans- (h) All applications must comply lators will be considered as Class D FM with § 73.316, paragraphs (d) and (e) of stations. this chapter.

532

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00542 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1237

(i) An application that specifies use § 74.1236 Emission and bandwidth. of a directional antenna must comply (a) The license of a station author- with § 73.316, paragraphs (c)(1) through ized under this subpart allows the (c)(3) of this chapter. Prior to issuance transmission of either F3 or other of a license, the applicant must: (1) types of frequency modulation (see Certify that the antenna is mounted in § 2.201 of this chapter) upon a showing accordance with the specific instruc- of need, as long as the emission com- tions provided by the antenna manu- plies with the following: facturer; and (2) certify that the an- (1) For transmitter output powers no tenna is mounted in the proper orienta- greater than 10 watts, paragraphs (b), tion. In instances where a directional (c), and (d) of this section apply. antenna is proposed for the purpose of (2) For transmitter output powers providing protection to another facil- greater than 10 watts, § 73.317 (a), (b), ity, a condition may be included in the (c), and (d) apply. construction permit requiring that be- (b) Standard width FM channels will fore program tests are authorized, a be assigned and the transmitting appa- permittee: (1) Must submit the results ratus shall be operated so as to limit of a complete proof-of-performance to spurious emissions to the lowest prac- establish the horizontal plane radi- ticable value. Any emissions including ation patterns for both the hori- intermodulation products and radio- zontally and vertically polarized radi- frequency harmonics which are not es- ation components; and, (2) must certify sential for the transmission of the de- that the relative field strength of nei- sired aural information shall be consid- ther the measured horizontally nor ered to be spurious emissions. vertically polarized radiation compo- (c) The power of emissions appearing nent shall exceed at any azimuth the outside the assigned channel shall be value indicated on the composite radi- attenuated below the total power of ation pattern authorized by the con- the emission as follows: struction permit. Minimum attenuation NOTE: Existing licensees and permittees Distance of emission from center frequency below that do not furnish data sufficient to cal- unmodulated carrier culate the contours in conformance with § 74.1204 will be assigned protected contours 120 to 240 kHz ...... 25 dB having the following radii: Over 240 and up to 600 kHz ...... 35 dB Up to 10 watts—1 mile (1.6 km) from trans- Over 600 kHz ...... 60 dB mitter site. Up to 100 watts—2 miles (3.2 km) from trans- (d) Greater attenuation than that mitter site. specified in paragraph (c) of this sec- Up to 250 watts—4 miles (6.5 km) from trans- tion may be required if interference re- mitter site. sults outside the assigned channel. (j) FM translator stations authorized [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 52 FR prior to June 1, 1991, with facilities 31406, Aug. 20, 1987; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990] that do not comply with the ERP limi- § 74.1237 Antenna location. tation of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, as appropriate, may continue (a) An applicant for a new station to to operate, provided that operation is be authorized under this subpart or for in conformance with § 74.1203 regarding a change in the facilities of such a sta- interference. Applications for major tion shall endeavor to select a site changes in FM translator stations which will provide a line-of-sight must specify facilities that comply transmission path to the entire area intended to be served and at which with paragraph (a) or (b) of this sec- there is available a suitable signal tion, as appropriate. from the primary station. The trans- [55 FR 50697, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 56 mitting antenna should be placed FR 56170, Nov. 1, 1991; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, above growing vegetation and trees 1993; 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997; 63 FR 33879, lying in the direction of the area in- June 22, 1998; 63 FR 36605, July 7, 1998] tended to be served, to minimize the

533

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00543 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1250 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

possiblity of signal absorption by foli- (1) Radio frequency harmonics and age. spurious emissions must conform with (b) Consideration should be given to the specifications of § 74.1236 of this accessibility of the site at all seasons part. of the year and to the availability of (2) The local oscillator or oscillators, facilities for the maintenance and op- including those in an exciter employed eration of the FM translator. to provide a locally generated and (c) Consideration should be given to modulated input signal to a translator the existence of strong radiofrequency or booster, when subjected to vari- fields from other transmitters at the ations in ambient temperature between translator site and the possibility that minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees such fields may result in the retrans- centigrade, and in primary supply volt- mission of signals originating on fre- age between 85 percent and 115 percent quencies other than that of the pri- of the rated value, shall be sufficiently mary station. stable to maintain the output center (d) The transmitting antenna of an frequency within plus or minus 0.005 FM booster station shall be located percent of the operating frequency and within the protected contour of its pri- to enable conformance with the speci- mary station, subject to Note, § 74.1231 fications of § 74.1261 of this part. (h). The transmitting antenna of a (3) The apparatus shall contain auto- commonly owned commercial FM matic circuits to maintain the power translator station shall be located output in conformance with § 74.1235(e) within the protected contour of its of this part. If provision is included for commercial primary FM station. adjusting the power output, then the (e) A translator or booster station to normal operating constants shall be be located on an AM antenna tower or specified for operation at both the located within 3.2 km of an AM an- rated power output and the minimum tenna tower must comply with § 73.1692 power output at which the apparatus is of this chapter. designed to operate. The apparatus [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 55 FR shall be equipped with suitable meters 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 58 FR 42026, Aug. 6, 1993; or meter jacks so that the operating 62 FR 51063, Sept. 30, 1997] constants can be measured while the apparatus is in operation. § 74.1250 Transmitters and associated (4) Apparatus rated for transmitter equipment. power output of more than 1 watt shall (a) FM translator and booster trans- be equipped with automatic circuits to mitting apparatus, and exciters em- place it in a nonradiating condition ployed to provide a locally generated when no input signal is being received and modulated input signal to trans- in conformance with § 74.1263(b) of this lator and booster equipment, used by part and to transmit the call sign in stations authorized under the provi- conformance with § 74.1283(c)(2) of this sions of this subpart must be certifi- part. cated upon the request of any manufac- (5) For exciters, automatic means turer of transmitters in accordance shall be provided for limiting the level with this section and subpart J of part of the audio frequency voltage applied 2 of this chapter. In addition, FM to the modulator to ensure that a fre- translator and booster stations may quency swing in excess of 75 kHz will use FM broadcast transmitting appa- not occur under any condition of the ratus verified or approved under the modulation. provisions of part 73 of this chapter. (b) Transmitting antennas, antennas [55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 63 used to receive signals to be rebroad- FR 36606, July 7, 1998] cast, and transmission lines are not subject to the requirement for certifi- § 74.1251 Technical and equipment cation. modifications. (c) The following requirements must (a) No change, either mechanical or be met before translator, booster or ex- electrical, except as provided in part 2 citer equipment will be certificated in of this chapter, may be made in FM accordance with this section: translator or booster apparatus which

534

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00544 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1261

has been certificated by the Commis- (ii) The installed height of the an- sion without prior authority of the tenna radiation center is not increased Commission. by more than two meters nor decreased (b) Formal application on FCC Form by more than four meters from the au- 349 is required of all permittees and li- thorized height for the antenna radi- censees for any of the following ation center; and changes: (iii) The station is not presently au- (1) Replacement of the transmitter as thorized with separate horizontal and a whole, except replacement with a vertical antennas mounted at different transmitter of identical power rating heights. Use of separate horizontal and which has been certificated by the FCC vertical antennas requires a construc- for use by FM translator or FM booster tion permit before implementation or stations, or any change which could re- changes. sult in the electrical characteristics or (8) Any change in area being served. performance of the station. Upon the (c) Changes in the primary FM sta- installation or modification of the tion being retransmitted must be sub- transmitting equipment for which mitted to the FCC in writing. prior FCC authority is not required (d) Any application proposing a under the provisions of this paragraph, change in the height of the antenna the licensee shall place in the station structure or its location must also in- records a certification that the new include the Antenna Structure Registra- stallation complies in all respects with tion Number (FCC Form 854R) of the the technical requirements of this part antenna structure upon which it pro- and the terms of the station authoriza- poses to locate its antenna. In the tion. event the antenna structure does not (2) A change in the transmitting an- have a Registration Number, either the tenna system, including the direction antenna structure owner shall file FCC of radiation or directive antenna pat- Form 854 (‘‘Application for Antenna tern. Structure Registration’’) in accordance (3) Any change in the overall height with part 17 of this chapter or the ap- of the antenna structure except where plicant shall provide a detailed expla- notice to the Federal Aviation Admin- nation why registration and clearance istration is specifically not required are not required. under § 17.14(b) of this chapter. (4) Any change in the location of the [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 45 FR translator or booster except a move 26068, Apr. 17, 1980; 47 FR 24580, June 7, 1982; within the same building or upon the 50 FR 3525, Jan. 25, 1985; 50 FR 23710, June 5, 1985; 55 FR 50698, Dec. 10, 1990; 61 FR 4368, same pole or tower. Feb. 6, 1996; 63 FR 33879, June 22, 1998; 63 FR (5) Any horizontal change in the loca- 36606, July 7, 1998; 65 FR 79780, Dec. 20, 2000] tion of the antenna structure which would (i) be in excess of 152.4 meters § 74.1261 Frequency tolerance. (500 feet), or (ii) would require notice to (a) The licensee of an FM translator the Federal Aviation Administration or booster station with an authorized pursuant to § 17.7 of the FCC’s rules. transmitter power output of 10 watts or (6) Any change in the output fre- less shall maintain the center frequency of a translator. quency at the output of the translator (7) Any increase of authorized effec- within 0.01 percent of its assigned fre- tive radiated power. FM translator and quency. booster stations may decrease ERP on (b) The licensee of an FM translator a modification of license application or booster station with an authorized provided that exhibits are included to transmitter power output greater than demonstrate that the following re- 10 watts shall maintain the center fre- quirements are met: quency at the output of the translator (i) The license application may not or booster station in compliance with propose to eliminate the authorized the requirement of § 73.1545(b)(1) of this horizontally polarized ERP, if a hori- chapter. zontally polarized ERP is currently authorized; [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990]

535

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00545 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1262 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

§ 74.1262 Frequency monitors and the station’s return to operation can- measurements. not be met, another notification and (a) The licensee of a station author- further request for discontinued oper- ized under this subpart is not required ations must be submitted in conform- to provide means for measuring the op- ance with the requirements of this sec- erating frequency of the transmitter. tion. Within 48 hours of the station’s However, only equipment having the return to operation, the licensee must required stability will be approved for notify the Commission of such fact. All use by an FM translator or booster. notification must be in writing. (b) In the event that a station au- (d) The licensee of an FM translator thorized under this subpart is found to or booster station must notify the be operating beyond the frequency tol- Commission of its intent to perma- erance prescribed in § 74.1261, the li- nently discontinue operations at least censee shall promptly suspend oper- two days before operation is discon- ation of the station and shall not re- tinued. Immediately after discontinu- sume operation until the station has ance of operation, the licensee shall been restored to its assigned frequency. forward the station license and other Adjustment of the frequency deter- instruments of authorization to the mining circuits of an FM translator or FCC, Washington, DC for cancellation. booster shall be made by a qualified (e) Failure of an FM translator or person in accordance with § 74.1250(g). booster station to operate for a period § 74.1263 Time of operation. of 30 or more consecutive days, except for causes beyond the control of the li- (a) The licensee of an FM translator censee or authorized pursuant to para- or booster station is not required to adhere to any regular schedule of oper- graph (c) of this section, shall be ation. However, the licensee of an FM deemed evidence of discontinuation of translator or booster station is ex- operation and the license of the station pected to provide a dependable service may be cancelled at the discretion of to the extent that such is within its the Commission. Furthermore, the sta- control and to avoid unwarranted tion’s license will expire as a matter of interruptions to the service provided. law, without regard to any causes be- (b) An FM booster or FM translator yond control of the licensee or to any station rebroadcasting the signal of an authorization pursuant to paragraph AM or FM primary station shall not be (c) of this section, if the station fails to permitted to radiate during extended transmit broadcast signals for any con- periods when signals of the primary secutive 12-month period, notwith- station are not being retransmitted. standing any provision, term, or condi- Notwithstanding the foregoing, FM tion of the license to the contrary. translators rebroadcasting Class D AM [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990, as amended at 61 stations may continue to operate dur- FR 28768, June 6, 1996; 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, ing nighttime hours only if the AM sta- 2009] tion has operated within the last 24 hours. § 74.1265 Posting of station license. (c) The licensee of an FM translator or booster station must notify the (a) The station license and any other Commission of its intent to dis- instrument of authorization or indi- continue operations for 30 or more con- vidual order concerning the construc- secutive days. Notification must be tion of the station or the manner of op- made within 10 days of the time the eration shall be kept in the station station first discontinues operation record file maintained by the licensee and Commission approval must be ob- so as to be available for inspection tained for such discontinued operation upon request to any authorized rep- to continue beyond 30 days. The notifi- resentative of the Commission. cation shall specify the causes of the (b) The call sign of the translator or discontinued operation and a projected booster together with the name, ad- date for the station’s return to oper- dress, and telephone number of the li- ation, substantiated by supporting doc- censee or local representative of the li- umentation. If the projected date for censee if the licensee does not reside in

536

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00546 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission § 74.1283

the community served by the trans- the communities of license of the lator or booster, and the name and ad- translator or booster, except that the dress of a person and place where sta- station records of a booster or trans- tion records are maintained, shall be lator licensed to the licensee of the pri- displayed at the translator or booster mary station may be kept at the same site on the structure supporting the place where the primary station transmitting antenna, so as to be visi- records are kept. The name of the per- ble to a person standing on the ground son keeping station records, together at the transmitter site. The display with the address of the place where the shall be prepared so as to withstand records are kept, shall be posted in ac- normal weathering for a reasonable pe- cordance with § 74.1265(b) of the rules. riod of time and shall be maintained in The station records shall be made a legible condition by the licensee. available upon request to any authorized representative of the Commission. [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 40 FR 24901, June 11, 1975] (d) Station logs and records shall be retained for a period of two years. § 74.1269 Copies of rules. [48 FR 44807, Sept. 30, 1983] The licensee or permittee of a station authorized under this subpart shall § 74.1283 Station identification. have a current copy of Volumes I (parts (a) The call sign of an FM broadcast 0, 1, 2 and 17) and III (parts 73 & 74) of translator station will consist of the the Commission’s Rules and shall make initial letter K or W followed by the the same available for use by the oper- channel number assigned to the trans- ator in charge. Each such licensee or lator and two letters. The use of the permittee shall be familiar with those initial letter will generally conform to rules relating to stations authorized the pattern used in the broadcast serv- under this subpart. Copies of the Com- ice. The two letter combinations fol- mission’s Rules may be obtained from lowing the channel number will be as- the Superintendent of Documents, Gov- signed in order and requests for the as- ernment Printing Office, Washington, signment of particular combinations of DC 20402. letters will not be considered. [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] (b) The call sign of an FM booster station will consist of the call sign of § 74.1281 Station records. the primary station followed by the (a) The licensee of a station author- letters ‘‘FM’’ and the number of the ized under this Subpart shall maintain booster station being authorized, e.g., adequate station records, including the WFCCFM–1. current instrument of authorization, (c) A translator station authorized official correspondence with the FCC, under this subpart shall be identified maintenance records, contracts, per- by one of the following methods. mission for rebroadcasts, and other (1) By arranging for the primary sta- pertinent documents. tion whose station is being rebroadcast (b) Entries required by § 17.49 of this to identify the translator station by chapter concerning any observed or call sign and location. Three such iden- otherwise known extinguishment or tifications shall be made during each improper functioning of a tower light: day: once between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m., (1) The nature of such extinguish- once between 12:55 p.m. and 1:05 p.m. ment or improper functioning. and once between 4 p.m. and 6 p.m. Sta- (2) The date and time the extinguish- tions which do not begin their broad- ment of improper operation was ob- cast before 9 a.m. shall make their first served or otherwise noted. identification at the beginning of their (3) The date, time and nature of ad- broadcast days. The licensee of an FM justments, repairs or replacements translator whose station identification made. is made by the primary station must (c) The station records shall be main- arrange for the primary station li- tained for inspection at a residence, of- censee to keep in its file, and to make fice, or public building, place of busi- available to FCC personnel, the trans- ness, or other suitable place, in one of lator’s call letters and location, giving

537

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00547 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR § 74.1284 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

the name, address and telephone num- licensee of the station whose programs ber of the licensee or his service rep- are retransmitted. resentative to be contacted in the (c) An FM translator is not author- event of malfunction of the translator. ized to rebroadcast the transmissions It shall be the responsibility of the of any class of station other than an translator licensee to furnish current AM or FM broadcast station or another information to the primary station li- FM translator. censee for this purpose. (2) By transmitting the call sign in [35 FR 15388, Oct. 2, 1970, as amended at 74 FR 45130, Sept. 1, 2009] International Morse Code at least once each hour. Transmitters of FM broad- § 74.1290 FM translator and booster cast translator stations of more than 1 station information available on the watt transmitter output power must be Internet. equipped with an automatic keying de- The Media Bureau’s Audio Division vice that will transmit the call sign at provides information on the Internet least once each hour, unless there is in regarding FM translator and booster effect a firm agreement with the trans- stations, rules, and policies at http:// lator’s primary station as provided in www.fcc.gov/mb/audio. § 74.1283(c)(1) of this section. Trans- mission of the call sign can be accom- [67 FR 13234, Mar. 21, 2002] plished by: (i) Frequency shifting key; the car- ALPHABETICAL INDEX—PART 74 rier shift shall not be less than 5 kHz A Additional orders by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.28 nor greater than 25 kHz. Antenna, Directional (Aural STL/Relays) ...... 74.536 (ii) Amplitude modulation of the FM Antenna location— carrier of at least 30 percent modula- LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.737 tion. The audio frequency tone use FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1237 Antenna structure, marking and lighting (All 74.30 shall not be within 200 hertz of the Services). Emergency Broadcast System Atten- Antenna structure, Use of common (All Serv- 74.22 tion signal alerting frequencies. ices). (d) FM broadcast booster stations Antenna systems (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.641 Antennas (ITFS) ...... 74.937 shall be identified by their primary Application Processing—ITFS ...... 74.911 stations, by the broadcasting of the Application requirements of Part 73 applicable 74.910 primary station’s call signs and loca- to ITFS. Applications, Notification of filing (All Services) .. 74.12 tion, in accordance with the provisions Assignment, Frequency— of § 73.1201 of this chapter. Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.103 (e) The Commission may, in its dis- Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 cretion, specify other methods of iden- Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.602 tification. LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 [55 FR 50699, Dec. 10, 1990] ITFS ...... 74.902 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 Authorization of equipment— § 74.1284 Rebroadcasts. Aural Auxiliary ...... 74.550 (a) The term rebroadcast means the Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 reception by radio of the programs or Lw Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 other signals of a radio station and the ITFS ...... 74.952 simultaneous retransmission of such FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Authorization, Temporary— programs or signals for direct recep- Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 tion by the general public. Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 (b) The licensee of an FM translator TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 shall not rebroadcast the programs of Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 Authorized emission— any AM or FM broadcast station or Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.133 other FM translator without obtaining Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 prior consent of the primary station Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 whose programs are proposed to be re- TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 transmitted. The Commission shall be ITFS ...... 74.936 notified of the call letters of each sta- FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 tion rebroadcast and the licensee of the Authorized frequencies (remote broadcast pick- 74.402 up). FM translator shall certify that writ- Automatic relay stations (Remote pickup) ...... 74.436 ten consent has been received from the Avoidance of interference (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604

538

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00548 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 74, Index

≤ Equipment Performance— BP=’02’ FM Tanslators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Bandwidth and emissions authorized— Equipment tests (All Services) ...... 74.13 Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 Experimental Broadcast station ...... 74.101 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 Experimental Broadcast Station, Uses of ...... 74.102 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 Extension of station licenses, Temporary (All 74.16 IFTS ...... 74.936 Services). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Boosters, Signal UHF translator ...... 74.733 F Broadcast regulations applicable to LPTV, TV 74.780 Filing of applications, Notification of (All Serv- 74.12 translators, and TV boosters. ices). Broadcasting emergency information (All serv- 74.21 Frequencies, Authorized (Remote broadcast 74.402 ices). pickup). C Frequency assignment— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.103 Changes of Equipment— Remote Pickup ...... 74.402 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.151 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.502 Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 TV Auxiliary ...... 74.602 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.702 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.802 ITFS ...... 74.951 ITFS ...... 74.902 Channel assignments (LPTV/TV Translator) ...... 74.702 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1202 Channels, Sound (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 Frequency monitors and measurements— Charges, Program Service, (Experimental 74.182 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 Broadcast Stations). Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 Classes of stations— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.501 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.601 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 Construction permit, Statement of under- 74.112 ITFS ...... 74.962 standing, (Experimental Broadcast Stations). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 Copies of the rules— Frequency tolerance— LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 ITFS ...... 74.969 Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 Cross Reference (All Services) ...... 74.5 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 D LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 ITFS ...... 74.961 Definitions— FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 General ...... 74.2 Remote Pickup ...... 74.401 I LPTV/TV translators ...... 74.701 Identification of station— Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.801 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 ITFS ...... 74.901 Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1201 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 Directional antenna required (Aural STL/Relays) 74.536 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 E LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 Emergency information Broadcasting (All Serv- 74.21 ITFS ...... 74.982 ices). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 Emission authorized— Information on the Internet, FM translator and 74.1290 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.133 booster stations. Remote Pickup ...... 74.462 Inspection of station by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.535 Interference— TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.637 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.703 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.736 ITFS ...... 74.903 ITFS ...... 74.936 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1203 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1236 Interference avoidance (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.604 Equipment and installation— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Interference—safety of life and property (All 74.23 Equipment authorization— Services). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 ITFS— Remote Pickup ...... 74.451 Application processing ...... 74.911 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 Application requirements from part 73 74.910 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.851 Interference ...... 74.903 ITFS ...... 74.952 Petition to deny ...... 74.912 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1250 Purpose and permissible service ...... 74.931 Equipment Changes— Response station hubs ...... 74.939 Experimental Broadcast Station ...... 74.151 Response stations (individually li- 74.940 Remote Pickup ...... 74.452 censed). Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.551 Response stations (ITFS; individually 74.949 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.651 licensed). LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 Signal booster stations ...... 74.985 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.852 Transmission standards ...... 74.938 ITFS ...... 74.951 Wireless cable use ...... 74.990 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 L Equipment, Notification of— Land mobile station protection (from LPTV) ...... 74.709 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.550 License period, Station (All Services) ...... 74.15 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.655 539

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00549 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Pt. 74, Index 47 CFR Ch. I (10–1–10 Edition)

Licenses, Posting of— Ownership, Multiple— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 P LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 Permissible service— Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 ITFS ...... 74.965 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Licenses, station, Temporary extension (All 74.16 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Services). ITFS ...... 74.931 Licensing requirements— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.131 Petitions to deny: ITFS ...... 74.912 Remote Pickup ...... 74.432 Posting of licenses— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.532 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.165 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.632 Remote pickup broadcast stations ...... 74.432 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.732 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.564 Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.832 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.664 ITFS ...... 74.932 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.765 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1232 Low power auxiliary stations ...... 74.832 Lighting and Marking of antenna structures (All 74.30 ITFS ...... 74.965 Services). FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1265 Limitations on power— Power limitations— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.132 Remote Pickup ...... 74.461 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.534 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.636 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.735 ITFS ...... 74.935 ITFS ...... 74.935 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1235 Program or service tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 LPTV, Broadcast rules applicable to ...... 74.780 Program service, Charges (Experimental Broad- 74.182 cast Stations). M Protection by LPTV— Marking and lighting of antenna structures (All 74.30 To broadcast stations ...... 74.705 Services). To other LPTV and TV Translator sta- 74.707 Modification of transmission systems— tions. LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.751 To Land Mobile stations ...... 74.709 ITFS ...... 74.951 Purpose of service— FM Translators and Boosters ...... 74.1251 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 Modulation limits— ITFS ...... 74.931 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.663 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 ITFS ...... 74.970 Modulation monitors and measurements (ITFS) 74.971 R Modulation requirements (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.463 Rebroadcasts— Monitors and measurements, Frequency— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.184 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.162 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.784 Remote Pickup ...... 74.465 ITFS ...... 74.984 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.562 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1284 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.662 Records, Station (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.762 tions). ITFS ...... 74.962 Regulations, Broadcast, applicable to LPTV and 74.780 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1262 TV translators. Multiple ownership— Relay stations, Automatic, (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.436 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.134 Remote pickup broadcast frequencies ...... 74.402 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.732 Remote control operation— Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 N TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 Notification of filing of applications (All Services) 74.12 Remote pickup stations, Rules special to ...... 74.431 Renewal, Supplementary report (Experimental 74.113 O Broadcast Stations). Operation, Remote control— Response station hubs (ITFS) ...... 74.939 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 Response stations (ITFS; individually licensed) 74.940 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.634 Rules, Copies of— Operation, Short term (All Services) ...... 74.24 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.769 Operation, Time of— ITFS ...... 74.969 Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1269 LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.763 Rules special to Remote Pickup stations ...... 74.431 ITFS ...... 74.963 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1263 S Operation, Unattended (and/or attended)— Safety of life and property-interference jeopardy 74.23 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.533 (All services). TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 Scope (of Subpart—General) ...... 74.1 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 Service or program tests (All Services) ...... 74.14 ITFS ...... 74.934 Service, Permissible— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 Operator requirements, General (All Services) .. 74.18 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.631 Orders, Additional (All Services) ...... 73.28 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.731 540

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00550 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8002 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR Federal Communications Commission Pt. 76

Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.831 Unattended operation— ITFS ...... 74.931 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.531 FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1231 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.635 Service, Scope of (Low Power Auxiliaries) ...... 74.831 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.734 Short term operation (All services) ...... 74.24 ITFS ...... 74.934 Signal boosters— FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1234 UHF translator (LPTV/TV Translators) 74.733 Use of common antenna structure (All services) 74.22 ITFS ...... 74.985 V [Reserved] Sound channels (TV Auxiliaries) ...... 74.603 Statement of understanding (Construction per- 74.112 W mit-Experimental Broadcast Stations). Wireless cable usage of ITFS ...... 74.990 Station identification— X-Z [Reserved] Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.183 Remote Pickup ...... 74.482 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.582 [50 FR 38535, Sept. 23, 1985, as amended at 51 TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.682 FR 34622, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 37316, Oct. 6, LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.783 1987; 52 FR 47569, Dec. 15, 1987; 63 FR 33879, Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.882 June 22, 1998; 63 FR 65127, Nov. 25, 1998; 64 FR ITFS ...... 74.982 63744, Nov. 22, 1999] FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1283 Station inspection by FCC (All Services) ...... 74.3 Station license period (All Services) ...... 74.15 PART 76—MULTICHANNEL VIDEO Station records (Experimental Broadcast Sta- 74.181 tions). AND CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE T Subpart A—General Technical requirements (Low Power Auxiliaries) 74.861 Temporary authorizations— Sec. Remote Pickup ...... 74.433 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.537 76.1 Purpose. TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.633 76.3 Other pertinent rules. Low Power Auxiliaries ...... 74.833 76.5 Definitions. Temporary extension of stations licenses (All 74.16 76.6 General pleading requirements. Services). 76.7 General special relief, waiver, enforce- Tests, Equipment (All Services) ...... 74.13 Tests, Service or program (All Services) ...... 74.14 ment, complaint, show cause, forfeiture, Time of operation— and declaratory ruling procedures. Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.163 76.8 Status conference. LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.763 76.9 Confidentiality of proprietary informa- ITFS ...... 74.963 tion. FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1263 76.10 Review. Tolerance, Frequency— Experimental Broadcast Stations ...... 74.161 76.11 Lockbox enforcement. Remote Pickup ...... 74.464 Aural broadcast auxiliary stations ...... 74.561 Subpart B—Registration Statements TV Auxiliaries ...... 74.661 LPTV/TV Translators ...... 74.761 76.29 Special temporary authority. ITFS ...... 74.961 FM Translator/Boosters ...... 74.1261 Subpart C—Cable Franchise Applications Translator signal boosters, UHF (LPTV/TV 74.733 Translators). 76.41 Franchise application process. Translators, TV, Purpose of (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.731 lators). Transmission standards (ITFS) ...... 74.938 Subpart D—Carriage of Television Transmission system facilities (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.750 Broadcast Signals lators). Transmission systems, modification of— 76.51 Major television markets. LPTV/TV Translator ...... 74.751 76.53 Reference points. ITFS ...... 74.951 76.54 Significantly viewed signals; method FM Translators/Boosters ...... 74.1251 Transmissions, Permissible (Low Power Auxil- 74.831 to be followed for special showings. iaries). 76.55 Definitions applicable to the must- Transmitter power (Remote Pickup) ...... 74.461 carry rules. Transmitters and associated equipment (FM 74.1250 76.56 Signal carriage obligations. Translators/Boosters). 76.57 Channel positioning. TV boosters, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 76.59 Modification of television markets. (LPTV/TV Translators/TV Boosters. TV Broadcast station protection (from LPTV/TV 74.705 76.60 Compensation for carriage. Translators). 76.61 Disputes concerning carriage. TV, Low Power and translators, protection to 74.707 76.62 Manner of carriage. (LPTV/TV Translators). 76.64 Retransmission consent. TV translators, Broadcast rules applicable to 74.780 76.65 Good faith and exclusive retrans- (LPTV/TV Translators). mission consent complaints. U 76.66 Satellite broadcast signal carriage. UHF translator signal boosters (LPTV/TV Trans- 74.733 76.70 Exemption from input selector switch lators). rules. 541

VerDate Mar<15>2010 10:45 Nov 16, 2010 Jkt 220203 PO 00000 Frm 00551 Fmt 8010 Sfmt 8010 Y:\SGML\220203.XXX 220203 WReier-Aviles on DSKGBLS3C1PROD with CFR